undergraduate academic board agenda...february 24, 2012 undergraduate academic board page 2 agenda...
TRANSCRIPT
Undergraduate Academic Board Agenda
February 24, 2012 2:00-5:00 ADM 204
I. Roll ( ) Hilary Davies (CAS) ( ) Joan O’Leary (Mat-Su) ( ) Barbara Harville (FS Rep.) ( ) USUAA vacancy ( ) Mari Ippolito (CAS) ( ) Hilary Seitz (COE) ( ) Francisco Miranda (FS Rep.) ( ) Adjunct vacancy ( ) David Edgecombe (CAS) ( ) Cheryl Smith (CTC) ( ) Vacancy (FS at Large) Ex-Officio Members: ( ) Paola Banchero (CAS) ( ) Kevin Keating (LIB) ( ) Vacancy (FS At Large) ( ) Bart Quimby ( ) Helena Jermalovic (COH) ( ) Utpal Dutta (SOE) ( ) Vacancy (COH) ( ) Shirlee Willis-Haslip ( ) Marion Yapuncich (KPC) ( ) Bettina Kipp (SA) ( ) Kathrynn Hollis Buchanan (Kodiak) ( ) Scheduling & Publications ( ) Dave Fitzgerald (CBPP) II. Approval of the Agenda (pg. 1-2) III. Approval of Meeting Summary (pg. 3-4) IV. Administrative Report
A. Interim Vice Provost for Curriculum and Assessment Bart Quimby
B. Interim University Registrar Shirlee Willis-Haslip and Associate Registrar Lora Volden
V. Chair’s Report A. UAB Chair- Hilary Davies
B. GERC- Sandra Pence
VI. Program/Course Action Request- Second Readings Chg ENGR A151 Introduction to Engineering (1 cr)(1+0)(pg. 5-10) Chg CE A152 Introduction to Civil Engineering (1 cr)(1+0)(pg. 11-14)
Chg CE A438 Design of Civil Engr Systems (4 cr)(4+0)(pg. 15-17) Add CE A452 Advanced Steel Design (Stacked with CE A652) (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 18-23) Add CE A479 Sediment Transport and Coastal Processes (Stacked with CE A679)
(3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 24-35) VII. Program/Course Action Request- First Readings Add BA A480 Social Media Marketing (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 36-40) Add MATH A058A Elementary Algebra A (1 cr)(1+0)(pg. 41-45) Add MATH A058B Elementary Algebra B (1 cr)(1+0)(pg. 46-50) Add MATH A058C Elementary Algebra C (1 cr)(1+0)(pg. 51-55) Add Legal Studies/ LEGL (pg. 56-57) Add Legal Nurse Consultant/LNC (pg. 58)
Chg MEDT A401 Introduction to Research (2 cr)(2+0)(pg. 59-62)
1
February 24, 2012 Undergraduate Academic Board Page 2 Agenda
Chg MEDT A402 Medical Laboratory Science Honors: Quality Assessment Project (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 63-65)
Chg MEDT A495 Medical Laboratory Science Practicum (12 cr)(0+36)(pg. 66-70) Del NS A408 Complex Health Disruptions: Nursing Therapeutics (2 cr)(2+0)(pg. 71-73) Del NS A408L Complex Health Disruptions Lab: Nursing Therapeutics (2 cr)(2+0)(pg. 74) Add NS A442 Introduction to Forensic Nursing (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 75-80) Chg BS, Nursing Science Registered Nurse Option (pg. 81-89) VIII. Old Business
A. Purge Lists (pg. 90-94) B. Curriculum Handbook Edits (pg. 95-191)
a. Coordination Email (pg. 192)
IX. New Business A. Posthumous Degrees (pg. 193-195)
X. Informational Items and Adjournment
2
Undergraduate Academic Board Summary
February 17, 2012 2:00-5:00 ADM 204
I. Roll (x) Hilary Davies (CAS) (x) Joan O’Leary (Mat-Su) (x) Barbara Harville(FS Rep.) ( ) USUAA vacancy (x) Mari Ippolito (CAS) (x) Hilary Seitz (COE) (x) Francisco Miranda (FS Rep.) ( ) Adjunct vacancy (e) David Edgecombe (CAS) ( ) Cheryl Smith (CTC) ( ) Vacancy (FS at Large) Ex-Officio Members: (x) Paola Banchero (CAS) (e) Kevin Keating (LIB) ( ) Vacancy (FS At Large) (x) Bart Quimby (x) Helena Jermalovic (COH) (x) Utpal Dutta (SOE) ( ) Vacancy (COH) (x) Shirlee Willis-Haslip (x) Marion Yapuncich (KPC) (x) Bettina Kipp (SA) (x) Kathrynn Hollis Buchanan (Kodiak) (x)Scheduling & Publications (e) Dave Fitzgerald (CBPP) II. Approval of the Agenda (pg. 1-2) Approved III. Approval of Meeting Summary (pg. 3-4) Approved IV. Administrative Report
A. Interim Vice Provost for Curriculum and Assessment Bart Quimby Regents meeting in Fairbanks took place the past two days – no new curriculum going through, but the discussion on transfer credits and general education continued Data is being collected on the issue The Registrar’s Office is changing the letter to students explaining credit transfers
B. Interim University Registrar Shirlee Willis-Haslip and Associate Registrar Lora Volden A survey will go out to students to get feedback on credit transfers
V. Chair’s Report A. UAB Chair- Hilary Davies
B. GERC- Sandra Pence
OAA is sending Bart and Suzanne Forester to AAC&U conference in New Orleans Reviewed the GER equivalency table Finished reviewing and coding BOR policies
VI. Program/Course Action Request- Second Readings Del DLS A101 Introduction to Children’s Behavioral Health (3 cr)(2+2)(pg. 5) Chg DLS A200 Introduction to Children’s Behavioral Health (3 cr)(2+2)(pg. 6-10) Add DLS A204 Person Centered Planning (3 cr)(2+2)(pg. 11-14)
Chg Children’s Behavioral Health, DLS (pg. 15-17) Unanimously Approved VII. Program/Course Action Request- First Readings Chg ENGR A151 Introduction to Engineering (1 cr)(1+0)(pg. 18-22) Accepted for first reading Chg CE A152 Introduction to Civil Engineering (1 cr)(1+0)(pg. 23-26)
Chg CE A438 Design of Civil Engr Systems (4 cr)(4+0)(pg. 27-29) Add CE A452 Advanced Steel Design (Stacked with CE A652) (3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 30-35) Add CE A479 Sediment Transport and Coastal Processes (Stacked with CE A679)
(3 cr)(3+0)(pg. 36-46) Accepted for first reading
3
February 17, 2012 Undergraduate Academic Board Page 2 Summary
Chg MEDT A132 Introduction to Laboratory Medicine (3 cr)(2+2)(pg. 47-52) Chg MEDT A133 Basic Techniques in Laboratory Medicine (1 cr)(0.5+1)(pg. 53-56) Chg MEDT A204 Hematology and Coagulation (6 cr)(3+6)(pg. 57-61) Chg MEDT A301 Clinical Molecular Biology (4 cr)(3+3)(pg. 62-66) Chg MEDT A395 Medical Laboratory Technology Practicum (12 cr)(0+36)(pg. 67-70) Chg AAS: Medical Laboratory Technology/MEDT (pg. 71-72) Chg BS: Medical Laboratory Science/MEDT (pg. 73-90) Waive first, approve for second VIII. Old Business
A. GER Equivalency Table (pg. 91) B. Curriculum Handbook Edits (pg. 92-187)
Stopped at the end of Section 5 a. Coordination Email (pg. 188)
IX. New Business A. Posthumous Degrees (pg. 189-191)
X. Informational Items and Adjournment
4
1a. School or College EN SOENGR
1b. Division No Division Code
1c. Department ENGR
2. Course Prefix
ENGR
3. Course Number
A151
4. Previous Course Prefix & Number
N/A
5a. Credits/CEUs
1
5b. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (1+0)
6. Complete Course Title Introduction to Engineering Introduction to Engineering Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
7. Type of Course Academic Preparatory/Development Non-credit CEU Professional Development
8. Type of Action: Add or Change or Delete If a change, mark appropriate boxes:
Prefix Course Number Credits Contact Hours Title Repeat Status Grading Basis Cross-Listed/Stacked Course Description Course Prerequisites Test Score Prerequisites Co-requisites Other Restrictions Registration Restrictions Class Level College Major Other department code (please specify)
9. Repeat Status choose one # of Repeats No Max Credits
10. Grading Basis A-F P/NP NG
11. Implementation Date semester/year From: Fall/2012 To: 99/9999
12. Cross Listed with Stacked with Cross-Listed Coordination Signature
13a. Impacted Courses or Programs: List any programs or college requirements that require this course.
Please type into fields provided in table. If more than three entries, submit a separate table. A template is available at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance. Impacted Program/Course Catalog Page(s) Impacted Date of Coordination Chair/Coordinator Contacted
1. BSE ME 238 1/30/2012 Jeffrey Hoffman 2. BS CE 234 1/30/2012 Osama Abaza 3. BSE EE/CSE 238 1/30/2012 Jens Munk
Initiator Name (typed): Dr. Jennifer Brock Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________
13b. Coordination Email Date: 2/6/2012 submitted to Faculty Listserv: ([email protected])
13c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date:
14. General Education Requirement Oral Communication Written Communication Quantitative Skills Humanities
Mark appropriate box: Fine Arts Social Sciences Natural Sciences Integrative Capstone
15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) An introduction to engineering, both as a profession and as a field of study. Introduces students to the roles, responsibilities, and capabilities of civil, computer systems, electrical, and mechanical engineers.
16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) (MATH A107 and MATH A108) or MATH A109 or MATH A200 or concurrent enrollment in MATH A200
16b. Test Score(s)
16c. Co-requisite(s) (concurrent enrollment required)
16d. Other Restriction(s)
College Major Class Level
16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable)
17. Mark if course has fees 18. Mark if course is a selected topic course
19. Justification for Action Credit hours and title are changed to reflect changing needs of the affected programs. Prerequisites are updated to reflect the true intent of the prerequisite requirements: students who take this class should have completed precalculus and be ready to register for calculus.
__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Dr. Jennifer Brock Initiator (TYPE NAME)
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Dean/Director of School/College Date
Approved
Disapproved
______________________________________ __________ Department Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Undergraduate/Graduate Academic Date Board Chairperson
Approved
Disapproved
_____________________________________ ___________ Curriculum Committee Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Provost or Designee Date
Course Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage
Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Course
5
Course Being Changed: ENGR A151
Course Impactsexamples: prerequisite,
corequisite, recommended
Program Impactsexamples: requirement, selective,
program credit total
BS Civil Engineering Program requirement 234email, 1/30/2012 Osama Abaza
BSE Electrical Engineering Program requirement 238email, 1/30/2012 Jens Munk (EE/CSE Chair)
BSE Computer Systems Engineering Program requirement 238email, 1/30/2012 Jens Munk (EE/CSE Chair)
BSE Mechanical Engineering Program requirement 238email, 1/30/2012
Jeffrey Hoffman, Osama Abaza
Minor, General Engineering Program requirement 243email, 2/20/2012
Jeffrey Hoffman, Osama Abaza, Jens Munk
ENGR A251 Prerequisite 399email, 2/1/2012
Jeffrey Hoffman, Osama Abaza
ES A208 Prerequisite 400email, 2/1/2012
Jeffrey Hoffman, Osama Abaza
ME A450 Prerequisite 435email, 2/1/2012 Jeffrey Hoffman
Courtesy Coordinations
A.J. Dimond HS Articulation agreement n/a
phone call, email 2/10/2012 Cheryl Guyett, Principal
Kenai Peninsula College ENGR A151 taught on this campus n/a
phone call, email 2/13/2012 Geno Rohl, Instructor
Mat-Su College ENGR A151 taught on this campus n/a
phone call, email, 2/15/2012
Cheryl Page, Student Services Admin
University of Alaska SoutheastENGR S151 part of Certificate of Pre-Engineering n/a
phone call, email, 2/15/2012
Lori Sowa, Asst. Prof. of Engineering, Head of Pre-Engineering
ANSEPHas sponsored an adjunct to teach summer sections of ENGR A151 n/a
email, 2/16/2012
Herb Schroeder, Michele Yatchmeneff
Type/Date of Notification
Chair/Coordinator Contacted (not listerve)Impacted Program or Course
Type of Impact (course or program)
Catalog Page
6
List of Contacts for Outside Teaching of Engineering Courses
University of Alaska Southeast Lori Sowa, Assistant Professor of Engineering and Head of Pre‐Engineering (907) 796‐6200 [email protected]
Only instructor for Pre‐Engineering Certificate Program, a feeder program for the UAA and UAF engineering programs
See http://www.uas.alaska.edu/academics/undergrad/certs/eng.html
Mat‐Su College Dr. Robert Dubey, Head of Natural Sciences (907) 745‐9773 [email protected] Dr. Bryan MacLean, Dean of Academics and Asst. College Director (907) 746‐9324 [email protected] Cheryl Page, Administrative Assistant, Mat‐Su College (907) 745‐1199 [email protected]
Kenai Peninsula College Geno Rohl, Instructor (907) 262‐0271 [email protected]
A.J. Dimond HS Cheryl Guyett, Principal (907) 742‐7021 [email protected] Wade Roach, Project Lead the Way Dept. Head [email protected]
An articulation agreement exists between UAA and Dimond HS based on their Project Lead the Way engineering academy
Lathrop HS Larry Ehnert, PLTW teacher (907) 456‐7794, ext. 17169
UAA does not currently have an articulation agreement with Lathrop, but they teach the same PLTW courses as those taught at Dimond, and Larry Ehnert has indicated interest
Prepared by J. Brock, 2/15/2012
7
COURSE CONTENT GUIDE University of Alaska Anchorage
School of Engineering Date: February 1, 2012 Course Title: Introduction to Engineering Course Number: ENGR A151 Program: Civil Engineering Credits: 1.0
I. Course Description
An introduction to engineering, both as a profession and as a field of study. Introduces students to the roles, responsibilities, and capabilities of civil, computer systems, electrical, and mechanical engineers.
II. Course Design
A. Course Intent: Designed to give freshmen in engineering an introduction to the different fields of engineering and provide them the tools for success as engineering students. It is intended as a broad survey of the field of engineering.
B. Course Credits: One (1.0) semester hours C. Total time of student involvement:
1. Lecture hours per week: 1 2. Average laboratory hours per week: none 3. Total time of work expected outside class: 3 to 4 hours per week
D. Degree Program Status: Required for undergraduate engineering students E. Grading: A-F F. Fees: None G. Previous Course: The course was previously taught under the designation ENGR A151 as a 3-
credit course. It was last revised in 2004. H. Time Frame: Standard semester I. Coordination with other schools or colleges: SOE and list serve J. Prerequisites: (MATH A107 and MATH A108) or MATH A109 or MATH A200 or concurrent
enrollment in MATH A200 K. Course Activities: Class sessions consist of lectures and seminars at the discretion of the
instructor. The instructor may use a variety of methods to assess the students’ progress, including but not limited to assignments, quizzes, exams, and projects.
III. Course Level Justification
ENGR A151 is intended as a broad survey of the engineering profession. This course will introduce engineering as a field of knowledge and will be taught at the freshman level.
IV. Course Outline A variety of topics will be covered in this course at the instructor’s discretion and as needed to provide a broad overview into the engineering profession. Topics may include:
1. Introduction to the engineering profession and the major engineering disciplines, with emphasis on those programs offered at UAA
a. Rewards and opportunities of an engineering career b. Disciplines
i. Civil Engineering ii. Computer Systems Engineering
8
iii. Electrical Engineering iv. Mechanical Engineering
2. How to be a successful engineering student a. Requirements for an engineering degree b. Study skills c. How to track degree progress d. Academic advising e. Resources available to students (professional societies, library, other resources)
3. Integrity and the engineering profession a. The UAA Student Code of Conduct b. The Code of Ethics for Engineers c. Intellectual property
4. Guest lectures on selected engineering topics
V. Instructional Goals
The instructor will:
1. Provide an overview of engineering as a profession. 2. Provide a broad introduction to each of the engineering disciplines available as a major
degree choice at UAA. 3. Provide an overview of tools and techniques available to aid students in the pursuit of their
chosen degree. 4. Encourage professionalism in the students and in their interaction with others.
VI. Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Procedures
Students will be evaluated using a variety of tools at the instructor’s discretion which may include but are not limited to those listed below:
Student Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
Assessment Procedures
1. Demonstrate a basic understanding of what the engineering profession is, and what engineers trained in the different disciplines do.
Homework assignments, projects, quizzes, midterm exams, in-class presentations, a final/comprehensive exam and/or a final project/paper
2. Make a decision regarding their career choice based upon knowledge of the different career fields.
Homework assignments, papers, in-class presentations
3. Demonstrate an understanding of what is required to obtain an engineering degree.
Homework assignments, projects, quizzes, midterm exams, in-class presentations, a final/comprehensive exam and/or a final project/paper
4. Demonstrate professionalism in interactions with colleagues, faculty, and staff.
Homework assignments, projects, papers, quizzes, attendance credit
9
VII. Suggested Texts
Eide A.R., Jension R., Northrup L.L., and Mickelson S. Engineering Fundamentals and Problems Solving, 6th Ed., Boston, MA: McGraw-Hill, 2011.
Landis R.B. Studying Engineering, A Roadmap to a Rewarding Career, 3rd Ed., Los Angeles, CA: Discovery Press, 2007.
VIII. References/Bibliography:
Kemper J.D. Introduction to the Engineering Profession, 2nd Ed., Fort Worth, TX: Saunders College Pub., 1993.
Kosky P., Balmer R., Keat W.D., and Wise G. Exploring Engineering, An Introduction to Engineering and Design, 2nd Ed., New York, NY: Academic Press, 2009.
NCEES Fundamentals of Engineering (IFE Supplied-Reference Handbook), 8th Ed., Clemson, SC, NCEES, 2011.
10
1a. School or College EN SOENGR
1b. Division No Division Code
1c. Department CE
2. Course Prefix
CE
3. Course Number
A152
4. Previous Course Prefix & Number
N/A
5a. Credits/CEUs
1
5b. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (1+0)
6. Complete Course Title Introduction to Civil Engineering Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
7. Type of Course Academic Preparatory/Development Non-credit CEU Professional Development
8. Type of Action: Add or Change or Delete If a change, mark appropriate boxes:
Prefix Course Number Credits Contact Hours Title Repeat Status Grading Basis Cross-Listed/Stacked Course Description Course Prerequisites Test Score Prerequisites Co-requisites Other Restrictions Registration Restrictions Class Level College Major Other (please specify)
9. Repeat Status No # of Repeats o Max Credits
10. Grading Basis A-F P/NP NG
11. Implementation Date semester/year From: Spring/2013 To: 99/9999
12. Cross Listed with Stacked with Cross-Listed Coordination Signature
13a. Impacted Courses or Programs: List any programs or college requirements that require this course.
Please type into fields provided in table. If more than three entries, submit a separate table. A template is available at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance. Impacted Program/Course Catalog Page(s) Impacted Date of Coordination Chair/Coordinator Contacted
1. BSCE Courtesy Coordination 1-30-2012 Osama A. Abaza 2. 3.
Initiator Name (typed): Osama A. Abaza Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________
13b. Coordination Email Date: [email protected] submitted to Faculty Listserv: ([email protected])
13c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date: 1-30-2012
14. General Education Requirement Oral Communication Written Communication Quantitative Skills Humanities
Mark appropriate box: Fine Arts Social Sciences Natural Sciences Integrative Capstone
15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Introduces students to the roles, responsibilities, and capabilities of various civil engineers with various sub-disciplines such as structural, geotechnical, transportation, environmental, and water resources engineering. Introduction to the body of knowledge developed by American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE).
16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) ENGR A151
16b. Test Score(s)
16c. Co-requisite(s) (concurrent enrollment required)
16d. Other Restriction(s)
College Major Class Level
16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable)
17. Mark if course has fees 18. Mark if course is a selected topic course
19. Justification for Action Required for BS in Civil Engineering students to provide a broad understanding of variour branches of Civil Engineering
__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Osama Abaza Initiator (TYPE NAME)
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Dean/Director of School/College Date
Approved
Disapproved
______________________________________ __________ Department Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Undergraduate/Graduate Academic Date Board Chairperson
Approved
Disapproved
_____________________________________ ___________ Curriculum Committee Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Provost or Designee Date
Course Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage
Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Course
11
COURSE CONTENT GUIDE University of Alaska Anchorage
School of Engineering Date: January 30, 2012 Course Title: Introduction to Civil Engineering Course Number: CE A152 Program: Civil Engineering Credits: 1.0
I. Course Description Introduces students to the roles, responsibilities, and capabilities of various civil engineers with various sub-disciplines such as structural, geotechnical, transportation, environmental, and water resources engineering. Introduction to the body of knowledge developed by American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE).
II. Course Design
A. Course Intent: Designed to give freshmen in civil engineering an introduction to various fields of civil engineering and provide them the tools for success as civil engineering students. It is intended as a broad survey of the field of civil engineering.
B. Course Credits: One (1.0) semester hours C. Total time of student involvement:
1. Lecture hours per week: 1 2. Average laboratory hours per week: none 3. Total time of work expected outside class: 3 to 4 hours per week
D. Degree Program Status: required for undergraduate civil engineering students. E. Grading: A-F F. Fees: None G. Previous Course: None H. Time Frame: Standard semester I. Coordination with other schools or colleges: none J. Prerequisites: ENGR A151 K. Course Activities: Class sessions consist of lectures and seminars at the discretion of the
instructor. The instructor may use a variety of methods to assess the students’ progress, including but not limited to assignments, quizzes, exams, and projects.
III. Course Level Justification
CE A152 is intended as a broad survey of the field of civil engineering.
IV. Course Outline A variety of topics will be covered in this course at the instructor’s discretion and as needed to provide a broad overview into the civil engineering profession. Topics may include:
1. Introduction to the civil engineering profession and the major sub-disciplines, with emphasis
on:
a. Structural Engineering b. Geotechnical Engineering c. Transportation Engineering d. Environmental Engineering e. Water Resources Engineering
12
2. Introduction to the Body of Knowledge in civil engineering
a. Humanities and social sciences b. Experimentation and sustainability c. Contemporary issues d. Risk and assessment e. Communication and public policy f. Globalization g. Leadership, attitudes, and teamwork h. Lifelong learning i. Professional and ethical responsibility
3. Professional development a. Licensure for professional engineers (FE and PE exams) b. Civil engineering professional organization (student chapters and national
organizations)
In addition to lectures on some or all of the topics listed above, this course may make use of speakers from both inside and outside the University, who will be asked to speak on a variety of topics related to civil engineering and give the students insight into their experiences with different aspects of civil engineering.
V. Instructional Goals, Student Learning Outcomes, and Assessment Methods
A. Instructional Goals:
The instructor will:
1. Provide an overview of civil engineering as a profession. 2. Provide a broad introduction to each of the civil engineering sub-disciplines. 3. Provide an overview of tools and techniques available to aid students in the pursuit of civil
engineering. 4. Introduce the ASCE Body of Knowledge for civil engineers.
B. Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Methods:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
Outcomes Assessment Methods
1. Demonstrate a broad understanding of the civil engineering profession and what civil engineers are trained to do in various sub-disciplines.
Exams, homework, presentations, and projects
2. Choose a career choice based upon knowledge of the different career fields.
Exams, homework, presentations, and projects
3. Demonstrate a broad understanding of what is required to obtain a civil engineering degree.
Exams, homework, presentations, and projects
4. Present basic issues in civil engineering and ASCE body of knowledge.
Exams, homework, presentations, and projects
13
VI. Suggested Text
McCuen, R., Ezzell, E., and Wong, W., Fundamentals of Civil Engineering, An Introduction to the Body of Knowledge, 1st Ed., 2011. CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group, Boca Raton, FL.
VII. References/Bibliography:
Kemper, J.D., Introduction to the Engineering Profession, 2nd Ed., 1993, Oxford University Press.
Kosky, Balmer, Keat, and Wise, Exploring Engineering, An Introduction to Engineering and Design, 2nd ed., 2009. Academic Press, New York, NY
NCEES Fundamentals of Engineering (IFE Supplied-Reference Handbook),8th Ed., 2011, NCEES, Clemson, SC.
14
1a. School or College EN SOENGR
1b. Division No Division Code
1c. Department Civil Engineering
2. Course Prefix
CE
3. Course Number
A438
4. Previous Course Prefix & Number
5a. Credits/CEUs
4
5b. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (3+0)
6. Complete Course Title Design of Civil Engineering Systems Design of Civil Eng. Sys. Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
7. Type of Course Academic Preparatory/Development Non-credit CEU Professional Development
8. Type of Action: Add or Change or Delete If a change, mark appropriate boxes:
Prefix Course Number Credits Contact Hours Title Repeat Status Grading Basis Cross-Listed/Stacked Course Description Course Prerequisites Test Score Prerequisites Co-requisites Other Restrictions Registration Restrictions Class Level College Major Other (please specify)
9. Repeat Status No # of Repeats Max Credits
10. Grading Basis A-F P/NP NG
11. Implementation Date semester/year From: Spring/2013 To: 99/9999
12. Cross Listed with Stacked with Cross-Listed Coordination Signature
13a. Impacted Courses or Programs: List any programs or college requirements that require this course.
Please type into fields provided in table. If more than three entries, submit a separate table. A template is available at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance. Impacted Program/Course Catalog Page(s) Impacted Date of Coordination Chair/Coordinator Contacted
1. Civil Engineering, BS 235,352,355 9/30/11 Osama Abaza 2. 3.
Initiator Name (typed): Osama Abaza Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________
13b. Coordination Email Date: submitted to Faculty Listserv: ([email protected])
13c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date:
14. General Education Requirement Oral Communication Written Communication Quantitative Skills Humanities
Mark appropriate box: Fine Arts Social Sciences Natural Sciences Integrative Capstone
15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Capstone course for civil engineering students to collaborate in multidisciplinary teams to design a complex civil engineering system that meets client needs while protecting public health and safety. In a collective manner, students apply knowledge and skills learned in their undergraduate curriculum.
16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) CE A344 or CE A405 or CE A422 or CE A432 or CE A433 or CE A442
16b. Test Score(s) N/A
16c. Co-requisite(s) (concurrent enrollment required) N/A
16d. Other Restriction(s)
College Major Class Level
16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) Senior Status
17. Mark if course has fees 18. Mark if course is a selected topic course
19. Justification for Action The course requires design activities, the change is to give students experience in a prior design course
__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Osama Abaza Initiator (TYPE NAME)
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Dean/Director of School/College Date
Approved
Disapproved
______________________________________ __________ Department Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Undergraduate/Graduate Academic Date Board Chairperson
Approved
Disapproved
_____________________________________ ___________ Curriculum Committee Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Provost or Designee Date
Course Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage
Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Course
15
COURSE CONTENT GUIDE University of Alaska Anchorage
School of Engineering
Date: December 12, 2011 Course Title: Design of Civil Engineering Systems Course Number: CE A438 Program: Civil Engineering Credits: 4.0
I. Course Description:
Capstone course for civil engineering students to collaborate in multidisciplinary teams to design a complex civil engineering system that meets client needs while protecting public health and safety. In a collective manner, students apply knowledge and skills learned in their undergraduate curriculum.
II. Course Design:
A. Course Intent: Provide civil engineering undergraduate students with a capstone design experience and present information important to employment and success as a professional engineer in practice
B. Course Credits: Four (4.0) C. Total time of student involvement:
1. Lecture hours per week: 4 2. Average laboratory hours per week: None 3. Total time of work expected outside class: 5 to 8 hours per week.
D. Degree Program Status: Required for undergraduate civil engineering students E. Grading: A-F. F. Fees: None. G. Previous Course: None H. Time Frame: Standard semester I. Coordination with other schools or colleges: SOE and list serve J. Prerequisites: CE A344 or CE A405 or CE A422 or CE A432 or CE A433 or CE A442. K. Course Activities: Students work together in teams to design a large scale civil engineering
system to meet the needs of a client. Efforts are made to secure a client that is willing to provide the support of the design engineering organization that will eventually finalize the project. In addition to the project, weekly lectures cover general topics of concern to practicing engineers. Half of the lecture time is spent covering topics listed in the course outline. The remaining time is spent in a student staff meeting to discuss the project and its progress
III. Course Level Justification:
Students are required to apply knowledge from courses completed in the 3rd year of an ABET -accredited civil engineering Bachelor of Science degree program.
IV. Course Outline:
A. Introduction to the project B. How to look for a job C. Team concepts and team building D. Construction drawings E. Specification writing F. Design codes, regulations, regulators G. Project management H. Safety considerations in civil design I. Legal consideration in civil design J. Professional registration and the business of civil engineering K. Engineering ethics
16
L. Public and professional presentations
V. Instructional Goals, Student Learning Outcomes, and Assessment Methods
A. Instructional Goals:
The instructor will: 1. Guide to apply concepts, principles, and skills learned in the undergraduate civil engineering
students curriculum, and 2. Introduce various aspects of professional practice to senior civil engineering students for
professional practice. B. Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Methods:
Outcomes: After successful completion of course students will be able to
Assessment Methods
1. Identify problems and opportunities, develop related engineering design criteria, and formulate alternative solutions to meet client needs while protecting public health and safety.
Faculty and client evaluations, oral presentations, and final reports.
2. Apply knowledge and skills learned in the civil engineering undergraduate curriculum.
Homework assignments, and final project.
3. Function effectively on multi-disciplinary teams to collaborate on iterative design of a complex civil engineering system with conflicting technical, social, economic, and aesthetic objectives and final reports. Peer evaluations of team performance.
Faculty evaluation and final oral presentations.
4. Demonstrate professional, legal, and responsibilities of practicing civil engineers.
Faculty and client evaluations, oral presentations, and final reports.
5. Demonstrate ability to engage in life-long learning in the context of civil engineering professional practice.
Faculty evaluation of work products.
6. Communicate effectively with engineering drawings and technical visualizations, construction specifications, written technical reports, and public oral presentations.
Faculty and client evaluations, oral presentations, and final reports.
VI. Suggested Texts:
Students will use a variety of reference materials, codes, and regulations that are applicable to the project of the year.
VII. References/Bibliography:
American Concrete Institute (2011). Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete (ACI 318-11), Farmington Hills, MI: ACI.
American Institute of Steel Construction (2011). Steel Construction Manual (14th ed.). Chicago: AISC.
American Society of Civil Engineers (2010). ASCE 7 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. Reston, VA: ASCE.
American Society for Testing and Materials (2008). ASTM Standards in Building Code. West Conshohoken, PA: ASTM International
American Wood Council (2005). National Design Specification of Wood Construction. Leesburg, VA: AF&PA.
American Wood Council (2005). Supplement to the NDS Specification of Wood Construction. Leesburg, VA: AF&PA.
Choi, Y., (2004). Principles of Applied Civil Engineering Design. Reston, VA: ASCE.
International Code Council (2009). International Building Code.
17
1a. School or College EN SOENGR
1b. Division No Division Code
1c. Department Civil Engineering
2. Course Prefix
CE
3. Course Number
A452
4. Previous Course Prefix & Number
N/A
5a. Credits/CEUs
3
5b. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (3+0)
6. Complete Course Title Advanced Steel Design Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
7. Type of Course Academic Preparatory/Development Non-credit CEU Professional Development
8. Type of Action: Add or Change or Delete If a change, mark appropriate boxes:
Prefix Course Number Credits Contact Hours Title Repeat Status Grading Basis Cross-Listed/Stacked Course Description Course Prerequisites Test Score Prerequisites Co-requisites Other Restrictions Registration Restrictions Class Level College Major Other (please specify)
9. Repeat Status No # of Repeats Max Credits
10. Grading Basis A-F P/NP NG
11. Implementation Date semester/year From: Spring/2013 To: 99/9999
12. Cross Listed with Stacked with CE A652 Cross-Listed Coordination Signature
13a. Impacted Courses or Programs: List any programs or college requirements that require this course.
Please type into fields provided in table. If more than three entries, submit a separate table. A template is available at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance. Impacted Program/Course Catalog Page(s) Impacted Date of Coordination Chair/Coordinator Contacted
1. Civil Engineering, BS Courtesy Coord. 01/10/2012 Osama Abaza 2. 3.
Initiator Name (typed): Scott Hamel Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________
13b. Coordination Email Date: 01/10/2012 submitted to Faculty Listserv: ([email protected])
13c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date:
14. General Education Requirement Oral Communication Written Communication Quantitative Skills Humanities
Mark appropriate box: Fine Arts Social Sciences Natural Sciences Integrative Capstone
15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Advanced structural design in steel, including building code requirements and standard practice for the design of steel structures and connections.
16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) CE A432 with a minimum grade of C
16b. Test Score(s) N/A
16c. Co-requisite(s) (concurrent enrollment required) N/A
16d. Other Restriction(s)
College Major Class Level
16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) N/A
17. Mark if course has fees 18. Mark if course is a selected topic course
19. Justification for Action
__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Scott Hamel Initiator (TYPE NAME)
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Dean/Director of School/College Date
Approved
Disapproved
______________________________________ __________ Department Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Undergraduate/Graduate Academic Date Board Chairperson
Approved
Disapproved
_____________________________________ ___________ Curriculum Committee Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Provost or Designee Date
Course Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage
Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Course
18
COURSE CONTENT GUIDE University of Alaska Anchorage
School of Engineering Date: November 23, 2011 Course Title: Advanced Steel Design Course Number: CE A452 Program: Civil Engineering Credits: 3.0
I. Course Description
Advanced structural design in steel, including building code requirements and standard practice for the design of steel structures and connections.
II. Course Design
A. Course Intent: Designed to give civil engineering undergraduate students knowledge in advanced topics in steel design. The course is designed for students who have a solid knowledge of structural analysis and the basic concepts of steel design.
B. Course Credits: Three (3.0) C. Total time of student involvement:
1. Lecture hours per week: 3 2. Average laboratory hours per week: none 3. Total time of work expected outside class: 5 to 8 hours per week
D. Degree Program Status: Technical elective for undergraduate civil engineering students, course to be stacked with CE A652
E. Grading: A-F F. Fees: None G. Previous Course: New course H. Time Frame: Standard semester I. Coordination with other schools or colleges: SOE and list serve J. Prerequisites: CE A432 with a minimum grade of C K. Course Activities: Class sessions consist of lectures. Assignments are made to allow students to
learn by application the principles taught in this course. Exams are administered to assess the abilities of the students to apply principles taught in the course.
III. Course Level Justification
Requires students to apply principles learned in other fundamental engineering courses to problems in the discipline of structural engineering. Students are expected to formulate feasible designs to solve steel-design problems and evaluate competing alternatives.
IV. Course Outline
A. Introduction to combined ASD/LRFD method B. Non-traditional Compression Members (HSS, Single Angle, etc) C. Bending of Singly Symmetric and Non Symmetric Members D. Composite Design of Compression Members E. Stability Analysis and Design F. Advanced Connection Design G. Braced Frame Connections H. Seismic Detailing
19
V. Instructional Goals, Student Learning Outcomes, and Assessment Methods
A. Instructional Goals:
The instructional goals are to teach advanced topics in structural steel design which build on the fundamentals taught in Steel Design; introduce the American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) steel manual and specification to design advanced structural components such as connections, and building systems and; help students to gain a deeper understanding of mechanics of materials, structural analysis, and design principles as they apply to professional design.
B. Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Methods:
SL Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
Assessment Methods
1. Apply the requirements of the American Institute of Steel Construction design specification
Homework assignments, Exams, and Final project
2. Design built-up and single angle steel columns
Homework assignments, Final project
3. Design built-up beams for shear, flexure and deflection
Homework assignments, Exams, and Final project
4. Design steel/concrete composite columns Homework assignments, Exams, and Final project 5. Design bracing and members for stability Homework assignments, Exams, and Final project 6. Design braced-frame connections Homework assignments, Exams, and Final project 7. Design members and connections for
seismic loading Homework assignments, Exams, and Final project
VI. Suggested Texts
American Institute of Steel Construction (2011). Steel Construction Manual, 14th Ed., AISC, Chicago.
Salmon, C. G., Johnson, J. E., and Malhas, F. A. (2008). Steel Structures: Design and Behavior, 5th Ed., Prentice Hall, New York.
VII. References/Bibliography
Brockenbrough, R., and Merritt, F. (2011). Structural Steel Designer’s Handbook, 5th Ed., McGraw-Hill Professional, New York.
Bruneau, M., Uang, C. M., and Sabelli, S. E., Rafael. (2011). Ductile Design of Steel Structures, 2nd Ed., McGraw-Hill Professional, New York.
McCormac, J. C., and Csernak, S. F. (2011). Structural Steel Design, 5th Ed., Prentice Hall, New York.
20
1a. School or College EN SOENGR
1b. Division No Division Code
1c. Department Civil Engineering
2. Course Prefix
CE
3. Course Number
A652
4. Previous Course Prefix & Number
N/A
5a. Credits/CEUs
3
5b. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (3+0)
6. Complete Course Title Advanced Steel Design Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
7. Type of Course Academic Preparatory/Development Non-credit CEU Professional Development
8. Type of Action: Add or Change or Delete If a change, mark appropriate boxes:
Prefix Course Number Credits Contact Hours Title Repeat Status Grading Basis Cross-Listed/Stacked Course Description Course Prerequisites Test Score Prerequisites Co-requisites Other Restrictions Registration Restrictions Class Level College Major Other (please specify)
9. Repeat Status No # of Repeats Max Credits
10. Grading Basis A-F P/NP NG
11. Implementation Date semester/year From: Spring/2013 To: 99/9999
12. Cross Listed with Stacked with CE A452 Cross-Listed Coordination Signature
13a. Impacted Courses or Programs: List any programs or college requirements that require this course.
Please type into fields provided in table. If more than three entries, submit a separate table. A template is available at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance. Impacted Program/Course Catalog Page(s) Impacted Date of Coordination Chair/Coordinator Contacted
1. Civil Engineering Courtesy Coord 01/10/2012 Osama Abaza 2. 3.
Initiator Name (typed): Scott Hamel Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________
13b. Coordination Email Date: 01/10/2012 submitted to Faculty Listserv: ([email protected])
13c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date:
14. General Education Requirement Oral Communication Written Communication Quantitative Skills Humanities
Mark appropriate box: Fine Arts Social Sciences Natural Sciences Integrative Capstone
15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Advanced structural design in steel, including building code requirements and standard practice for the design of steel structures and connections.
16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) None
16b. Test Score(s) N/A
16c. Co-requisite(s) (concurrent enrollment required) N/A
16d. Other Restriction(s)
College Major Class Level
16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) Graduate Standing or instructor approval
17. Mark if course has fees 18. Mark if course is a selected topic course
19. Justification for Action
__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Scott Hamel Initiator (TYPE NAME)
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Dean/Director of School/College Date
Approved
Disapproved
______________________________________ __________ Department Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Undergraduate/Graduate Academic Date Board Chairperson
Approved
Disapproved
_____________________________________ ___________ Curriculum Committee Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Provost or Designee Date
Course Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage
Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Course
21
COURSE CONTENT GUIDE University of Alaska Anchorage
School of Engineering Date: November 23, 2011 Course Title: Advanced Steel Design Course Number: CE A652 Program: Civil Engineering Credits: 3.0
I. Course Description
Advanced structural design in steel, including building code requirements and standard practice for the design of steel structures and connections.
II. Course Design
A. Course Intent: Designed to give civil engineering graduate students knowledge in advanced topics in steel design. The course is designed for students who have a solid knowledge of structural analysis and the basic concepts of steel design.
B. Course Credits: Three (3.0) 1. Lecture hours per week: 3 2. Average laboratory hours per week: none 3. Total time of work expected outside class: 5 to 8 hours per week
C. Degree Program Status: Graduate civil engineering students, course to be stacked with CE A452
D. Grading: A-F E. Fees: None F. Previous Course: New course G. Time Frame: Standard semester H. Coordination with other schools or colleges: SOE and list serve I. Prerequisites: None J. Course Activities: Class sessions consist of lectures. Assignments are made to allow students to
learn by application the principles taught in this course. Exams are administered to assess the abilities of the students to apply principles taught in the course.
III. Course Level Justification
This course requires students to apply principles learned at the undergraduate level to problems in the discipline of structural engineering. Students are expected to formulate feasible designs to solve steel-design problems and evaluate competing alternatives.
IV. Course Outline
A. Introduction to combined ASD/LRFD method B. Non-traditional Compression Members (HSS, Single Angle, etc) C. Bending of Singly Symmetric and Non Symmetric Members D. Composite Design of Compression Members E. Stability Analysis and Design F. Advanced Connection Design G. Braced Frame Connections H. Seismic Detailing
22
V. Instructional Goals, Student Learning Outcomes, and Assessment Methods
A. Instructional Goals:
The instructional goals are to teach advanced topics in structural steel design which build on the fundamentals taught in Steel Design; introduce the American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) steel manual and specification to design advanced structural components such as connections, and building systems and; help students to gain a deeper understanding of mechanics of materials, structural analysis, and design principles as they apply to professional design.
B. Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Methods:
SL Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
Assessment Methods
1. Apply the requirements of the American Institute of Steel Construction design specification
Homework assignments, Exams, and Final project
2. Design built-up and single angle steel columns
Homework assignments, Final project
3. Design built-up beams for shear, flexure and deflection
Homework assignments, Exams, and Final project
4. Design steel/concrete composite columns Homework assignments, Exams, and Final project 5. Design bracing and members for stability Homework assignments, Exams, and Final project 6. Design braced-frame connections Homework assignments, Exams, and Final project 7. Design members and connections for
seismic loading Homework assignments, Exams, and Final project
8. Develop advanced solutions to structural design problems using steel
Final project
VI. Suggested Texts
American Institute of Steel Construction (2011). Steel Construction Manual, 14th Ed., AISC, Chicago.
Salmon, C. G., Johnson, J. E., and Malhas, F. A. (2008). Steel Structures: Design and Behavior, 5th Ed., Prentice Hall, New York.
VII. References/Bibliography
Brockenbrough, R., and Merritt, F. (2011). Structural Steel Designer’s Handbook, 5th Ed., McGraw-Hill Professional, New York.
Bruneau, M., Uang, C.-M., and Sabelli, S. E., Rafael. (2011). Ductile Design of Steel Structures, 2nd Ed., McGraw-Hill Professional, New York.
McCormac, J. C., and Csernak, S. F. (2011). Structural Steel Design, 5th Ed., Prentice Hall, New York.
23
1a. School or College EN SOENGR
1b. Division No Division Code
1c. Department Civil Engineering
2. Course Prefix
CE
3. Course Number
A479
4. Previous Course Prefix & Number
NA
5a. Credits/CEUs
3
5b. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (3+0)
6. Complete Course Title Sediment Transport and Coastal Processes Sed. Trans. and Coast. Proc. Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
7. Type of Course Academic Preparatory/Development Non-credit CEU Professional Development
8. Type of Action: Add or Change or Delete If a change, mark appropriate boxes:
Prefix Course Number Credits Contact Hours Title Repeat Status Grading Basis Cross-Listed/Stacked Course Description Course Prerequisites Test Score Prerequisites Co-requisites Other Restrictions Registration Restrictions Class Level College Major Other (please specify)
9. Repeat Status No # of Repeats Max Credits
10. Grading Basis A-F P/NP NG
11. Implementation Date semester/year From: Fall/2012 To: 99/9999
12. Cross Listed with Stacked with CE A679 Cross-Listed Coordination Signature
13a. Impacted Courses or Programs: List any programs or college requirements that require this course.
Please type into fields provided in table. If more than three entries, submit a separate table. A template is available at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance. Impacted Program/Course Catalog Page(s) Impacted Date of Coordination Chair/Coordinator Contacted
1. Civil Engineering (BSCE) 2. 3.
Initiator Name (typed): Tom Ravens Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________
13b. Coordination Email Date: 01/10/12
submitted to Faculty Listserv: ([email protected])
13c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date: 02/07/12
14. General Education Requirement Oral Communication Written Communication Quantitative Skills Humanities
Mark appropriate box: Fine Arts Social Sciences Natural Sciences Integrative Capstone
15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Investigation of sediment transport and coastal processes on beaches and in riverine/estuarine environments. Study of underlying hydrodynamic principles and engineering practices that are used to understand and solve sediment transport and coastal problems.
16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) ES A341 with minimum grade of C
16b. Test Score(s)
16c. Co-requisite(s) (concurrent enrollment required)
16d. Other Restriction(s)
College Major Class Level
16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable)
17. Mark if course has fees 18. Mark if course is a selected topic course
19. Justification for Action Introduction of new course that can serve as a technical elective within the Civil Engineering Program.
__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Tom Ravens Initiator (TYPE NAME)
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Dean/Director of School/College Date
Approved
Disapproved
______________________________________ __________ Department Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Undergraduate/Graduate Academic Date Board Chairperson
Approved
Disapproved
_____________________________________ ___________ Curriculum Committee Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Provost or Designee Date
Course Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage
Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Course
24
UNIVERSITY OF ALASKA ANCHORAGE SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
COURSE CONTENT GUIDE
DATE: 2/20/2012
Department: Civil Engineering
Course Prefix, Number, and Title: CE A479 Sediment Transport and Coastal Processes I. Course description
Investigation of sediment transport and coastal processes on beaches and in riverine/estuarine environments. Study of underlying hydrodynamic principles and engineering practices that are used to understand and solve sediment transport and coastal problems.
II. Course Design
A. Fundamental intent: Designed as a technical elective for undergraduate students majoring in Civil Engineering.
B. Number of Semester Credits: Three (3).
C. Course Schedule: Standard fifteen (15) week semester.
D. Lectures Hours/week: Three (3).
E. Total time of work expected outside of class: Six (6) hours per week.
F. Programs that require this course: Technical elective for Bachelor of Science in Civil
Engineering.
G. Grading: A-F.
H. Coordination with affected unites: Faculty listserve. Only the Department of Civil Engineering is affected.
I. Justification for Action: Introduction of new course that can serve as a technical elective within
the Civil Engineering Program.
J. Prerequisite: ES A341 with a minimum grade of C.
K. Stacking: Stacked with CE A679.
III. Registration Restrictions: N/A
25
CE A479 Sediment Transport and Coastal Processes Course Content Guide 2/20/2012
IV. Course level justification A. Application of engineering and scientific knowledge and skills typical of advanced
undergraduate engineering students, and interaction with professional peers on advanced topics. Address advanced scientific and engineering topics that require a background in math and science equivalent to that of upper level undergraduate students in engineering.
B. Students are required to think independently and critically in their interpretation of technical information.
V. Course Outline A. Sediment transport in alluvial channels
1. Open channel hydraulics a. Governing equations b. Steady uniform flow c. Engineering turbulence models d. Mixing length and eddy viscosity e. Velocity distributions in smooth and rough turbulent flows f. Friction factors and boundary layers
2. Sediment characteristics and behavior a. Equation of motion for a particle in a flowing fluid b. Fall velocity c. Angle of repose d. Response of particle to unsteady flow
3. Initiation of motion a. Dimensional analysis b. Shields criteria c. Stability analysis for particles
4. Bedload a. Empirical and theoretical bedload formula b. Effect of bedload on boundary roughness
5. Suspended load a. The diffusion equation b. Concentration distribution c. Reference concentration d. Effect of suspended mater on velocity distribution
6. Bedforms a. Description of bottom bedforms b. Flow resistance of alluvial channels c. Form drag and skin friction d. Prediction of total load
B. Sediment transport in the coastal environment 1. Hydrodynamics and sediment transport in the surf zone
a. Wave breaking and radiation stress
26
CE A479 Sediment Transport and Coastal Processes Course Content Guide 2/20/2012
b. Wave setup and longshore current c. Wave energy flux and alongshore sediment transport
2. Wave boundary layer a. Laminar and turbulent wave boundary layers b. Velocity distribution c. Friction factors and bottom stress
3. Wave-current interaction a. Hydrodynamics of wave-current interaction b. Sediment transport with combined waves and currents
4. Sediment budgeting 5. Erosion and transport of cohesive particles
VI. Instructional Goals The instructor will:
1. present open channel hydraulics, 2. describe the characteristics of sediments and the concept of initiation of motion, 3. demonstrate bedload and suspended sediment transport techniques, 4. describe bedforms and the concepts of skin friction and form drag, 5. introduce hydrodynamics and sediment transport in the surf zone, 6. describe the wave boundary layer and wave-current interaction, 7. present sediment budgeting, and 8. introduce cohesive sediment transport.
VII. Course Activities
A. Class meetings consist of lectures, multimedia presentations, discussions, and periodic examinations.
B. Students are assigned required reading and homework problems to analyze measured data and evaluate analytical solution methods.
C. Students will complete a design project in the field of sediment transport within the time frame of the course.
VIII. Student Learning Outcomes and Assessments. Learning Outcomes. Students who successfully complete the course will be able to:
Assessments. Methods of assessment may include:
Calculate velocity distribution, eddy viscosity, and bottom stress in open channel flow.
Performance in exams, quizzes, and homework assignments.
Forecast the conditions under which sediment motion will be initiated.
Performance in exams, quizzes, and homework assignments.
Calculate bedload and suspended sediment transport. Performance in exams, quizzes, and homework assignments.
Predict the character of bedforms and account for their effect on bottom friction.
Performance in exams, quizzes, and homework assignments.
Calculate hydrodynamic conditions and sediment Performance in exams, quizzes, design project, and
27
CE A479 Sediment Transport and Coastal Processes Course Content Guide 2/20/2012
transport rates in the surf zone. homework assignments. Account for the hydrodynamics and sediment transport with combined waves and currents.
Performance in exams, quizzes, and homework assignments.
Integrate sediment flows and inventory changes with sediment budgets.
Performance in exams, quizzes, and homework assignments.
Calculate erosion, transport, and deposition of cohesive sediments.
Performance in exams, quizzes, and homework assignments.
Demonstrate mastery of some aspect of sediment transport and complete a design project.
Performance in writing and presenting a design project.
IX. Suggested Text:
Julien, P. Y. 2010. Erosion and Sedimentation, 2nd edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.
X. Alternative text:
Dean, R. G. and Dalrymple, R. A. 2002. Coastal Processes with Engineering Applications, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.
XI. Bibliography:
Davidson-Arnott, R. 2010. Introduction to Coastal Processes and Geomorphology. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge, UK. Dean, R. G. and Dalrymple, R. A. 1991. Water Wave Mechanics for Engineers and Scientists. World Scientific. Hackensack, New Jersey. Fredsoe, J. and Deigaard, R. 1992. Mechanics of Coastal Sediment Transport. World Scientific. Hackensack, New Jersey. Kamphuis, J. W. 2000. Introduction to Coastal Engineering and Management. World Scientific. Hackensack, New Jersey. McCave, I. N. 1984. Erosion, transport, and deposition of fine-grained marine sediments. In Stow, D.A.V. and D.J.W. Piper (eds.) Fine-Grained Sediments: Deep-Water Processes and Facies. Blackwell Scientific Publications. Boston, Massachusetts, 35-69. Neilsen, P. 1992. Coastal Bottom Boundary Layers and Sediment Transport. World Scientific. Hackensack, New Jersey.
Ravens, T. M. and Gschwend, P. M. 1999. Flume measurements of sediment erodibility in Boston
Harbor. J. Hydraulic Engineering 125(10): 998-1005.
Ravens, T. M. and Sitanggang, K. I. 2007. Numerical modeling and analysis of shoreline change on
Galveston Island. J. of Coastal Research, 23(3): 699-710.
Rogers, A. and Ravens, T. M. 2008. Measurement of longshore sediment transport rates in the
surf zone on Galveston Island, Texas. J. of Coastal Research, 24(2): 62-73.
28
CE A479 Sediment Transport and Coastal Processes Course Content Guide 2/20/2012
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. Coastal Engineering Manual, (http://chl.erdc.usace.army.mil/)
U.S. Dept. of Interior, Bureau of Reclamation. 2006. Erosion and Sedimentation Manual.
(http://www.usbr.gov/pmts/sediment/kb/ErosionAndSedimentation/index.html)
29
1a. School or College EN SOENGR
1b. Division No Division Code
1c. Department Civil Engineering
2. Course Prefix
CE
3. Course Number
A679
4. Previous Course Prefix & Number
NA
5a. Credits/CEUs
3
5b. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (3+0)
6. Complete Course Title Sediment Transport and Coastal Processes Sed. Trans. and Coast. Proc. Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
7. Type of Course Academic Preparatory/Development Non-credit CEU Professional Development
8. Type of Action: Add or Change or Delete If a change, mark appropriate boxes:
Prefix Course Number Credits Contact Hours Title Repeat Status Grading Basis Cross-Listed/Stacked Course Description Course Prerequisites Test Score Prerequisites Co-requisites Other Restrictions Registration Restrictions Class Level College Major Other (please specify)
9. Repeat Status No # of Repeats Max Credits
10. Grading Basis A-F P/NP NG
11. Implementation Date semester/year From: Fall/2012 To: 99/9999
12. Cross Listed with Stacked with CE A479 Cross-Listed Coordination Signature
13a. Impacted Courses or Programs: List any programs or college requirements that require this course.
Please type into fields provided in table. If more than three entries, submit a separate table. A template is available at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance. Impacted Program/Course Catalog Page(s) Impacted Date of Coordination Chair/Coordinator Contacted
1. Coastal, Ocean and Port Engineering Courtesy Coordination 01/10/12 ROB LANG 2. Civil Engineering (BSCE, MSCE, MCE) Courtesy Coordination 01/10/12 OSAMA ABAZA 3.
Initiator Name (typed): Tom Ravens Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________
13b. Coordination Email Date: 01/10/12
submitted to Faculty Listserv: ([email protected])
13c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date: 02/06/12
14. General Education Requirement Oral Communication Written Communication Quantitative Skills Humanities
Mark appropriate box: Fine Arts Social Sciences Natural Sciences Integrative Capstone
15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Investigation of sediment transport and coastal processes on beaches and in riverine/estuarine environments. Study of underlying hydrodynamic principles and engineering practices that are used to understand and solve sediment transport and coastal problems.
16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) N/A
16b. Test Score(s) N/A
16c. Co-requisite(s) (concurrent enrollment required) N/A
16d. Other Restriction(s)
College Major Class Level
16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) graduate standing in engineering or instructor permission
17. Mark if course has fees 18. Mark if course is a selected topic course
19. Justification for Action Introduction of new course that can serve as a technical elective within the Civil Engineering Program. A similar course CE A694Q Sediment Transport has been taught twice.
__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Tom Ravens Initiator (TYPE NAME)
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Dean/Director of School/College Date
Approved
Disapproved
______________________________________ __________ Department Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Undergraduate/Graduate Academic Date Board Chairperson
Approved
Disapproved
_____________________________________ ___________ Curriculum Committee Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Provost or Designee Date
Course Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage
Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Course
30
UNIVERSITY OF ALASKA ANCHORAGE
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
COURSE CONTENT GUIDE
DATE: 2/20/2012
Department: Civil Engineering
Course Prefix, Number, and Title: CE A679 Sediment Transport and Coastal Processes
I. Course description
Investigation of sediment transport and coastal processes on beaches and in riverine/estuarine
environments. Study of underlying hydrodynamic principles and engineering practices that are used to
understand and solve sediment transport and coastal problems.
II. Course Design
A. Fundamental intent: Designed as a technical elective for graduate students in Civil Engineering.
B. Number of Semester Credits: Three (3).
C. Course Schedule: Standard fifteen (15) week semester.
D. Lectures Hours/week: Three (3).
E. Total time of work expected outside of class: Eight (8) hours per week.
F. Programs that require this course: Technical elective for Masters of Science in Civil
Engineering. Elective for Graduate Certificate in Coastal, Ocean, and Port Engineering.
G. Grading: A-F.
H. Coordination with affected unites: Faculty listserve. Only the Department of Civil
Engineering is affected.
I. Justification for Action: Introduction of new course that can serve as a technical elective within
the Civil Engineering Program. A similar course CE A694Q Sediment Transport has been taught
twice.
J. Prerequisite: N/A
K. Stacking: Stacked with CE A479
L. Registration Restrictions: Graduate standing or instructor permission.
31
CE A679 Sediment Transport and Coastal Processes Course Content Guide 2/20/2012
III. Course level justification
A. Application of engineering and scientific knowledge and skills typical of graduate engineering
students, and interaction with professional peers on advanced topics. Students are required to
write and present a scientific paper at the graduate level.
B. Address advanced scientific and engineering topics that require a background in math and
science equivalent to that of bachelor degree programs in engineering.
C. Students are required to think independently and critically in their interpretation of technical
information.
IV. Course Outline
A. Sediment transport in alluvial channels
1. Open channel hydraulics
a. Governing equations
b. Steady uniform flow
c. Engineering turbulence models
d. Mixing length and eddy viscosity
e. Velocity distributions in smooth and rough turbulent flows
f. Friction factors and boundary layers
2. Sediment characteristics and behavior
a. Equation of motion for a particle in a flowing fluid
b. Fall velocity
c. Angle of repose
d. Response of particle to unsteady flow
3. Initiation of motion
a. Dimensional analysis
b. Shields criteria
c. Stability analysis for particles
4. Bedload
a. Empirical and theoretical bedload formula
b. Effect of bedload on boundary roughness
5. Suspended load
a. The diffusion equation
b. Concentration distribution
c. Reference concentration
d. Effect of suspended mater on velocity distribution
6. Bedforms
a. Description of bottom bedforms
b. Flow resistance of alluvial channels
c. Form drag and skin friction
d. Prediction of total load
B. Sediment transport in the coastal environment
1. Hydrodynamics and sediment transport in the surf zone
a. Wave breaking and radiation stress
b. Wave setup and longshore current
32
CE A679 Sediment Transport and Coastal Processes Course Content Guide 2/20/2012
c. Wave energy flux and alongshore sediment transport
2. Wave boundary layer
a. Laminar and turbulent wave boundary layers
b. Velocity distribution
c. Friction factors and bottom stress
3. Wave-current interaction
a. Hydrodynamics of wave-current interaction
b. Sediment transport with combined waves and currents
4. Sediment budgeting
5. Erosion and transport of cohesive particles
V. Instructional Goals
The instructor will:
1. present open channel hydraulics,
2. describe the characteristics of sediments and the concept of initiation of motion,
3. demonstrate bedload and suspended sediment transport techniques,
4. describe bedforms and the concepts of skin friction and form drag,
5. introduce hydrodynamics and sediment transport in the surf zone,
6. describe the wave boundary layer and wave-current interaction,
7. present sediment budgeting, and
8. introduce cohesive sediment transport.
VI. Course Activities
A. Class meetings consist of lectures, multimedia presentations, discussions, and periodic
examinations.
B. Students are assigned required reading and homework problems to analyze measured data
and evaluate analytical solution methods.
C. Students will complete a scientific review paper and design project in the field of sediment
transport within the time frame of the course.
VII. Student Learning Outcomes and Assessments.
Learning Outcomes. Students who successfully
complete the course will be able to:
Assessments. Methods of assessment may include:
Calculate velocity distribution, eddy viscosity, and
bottom stress in open channel flow.
Performance in exams, quizzes, and homework
assignments.
Forecast the conditions under which sediment motion
will be initiated.
Performance in exams, quizzes, and homework
assignments.
Calculate bedload and suspended sediment transport. Performance in exams, quizzes, and homework
assignments.
Predict the character of bedforms and account for
their effect on bottom friction.
Performance in exams, quizzes, and homework
assignments.
Calculate hydrodynamic conditions and sediment
transport rates in the surf zone.
Performance in exams, quizzes, design project, and
homework assignments.
33
CE A679 Sediment Transport and Coastal Processes Course Content Guide 2/20/2012
Account for the hydrodynamics and sediment
transport with combined waves and currents.
Performance in exams, quizzes, and homework
assignments.
Integrate sediment flows and inventory changes with
sediment budgets.
Performance in exams, quizzes, and homework
assignments.
Calculate erosion, transport, and deposition of
cohesive sediments.
Performance in exams, quizzes, and homework
assignments.
Demonstrate mastery of some aspect of sediment
transport and complete a design project.
Performance in writing and presenting a design
project and scientific review paper.
VIII. Suggested Text:
Julien, P. Y. 2010. Erosion and Sedimentation, 2nd edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,
UK.
IX. Alternative text:
Dean, R. G. and Dalrymple, R. A. 2002. Coastal Processes with Engineering Applications,
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.
X. Bibliography:
Davidson-Arnott, R. 2010. Introduction to Coastal Processes and Geomorphology. Cambridge
University Press. Cambridge, UK.
Dean, R. G. and Dalrymple, R. A. 1991. Water Wave Mechanics for Engineers and Scientists.
World Scientific. Hackensack, New Jersey.
Fredsoe, J. and Deigaard, R. 1992. Mechanics of Coastal Sediment Transport. World Scientific.
Hackensack, New Jersey.
Kamphuis, J. W. 2000. Introduction to Coastal Engineering and Management. World Scientific.
Hackensack, New Jersey.
McCave, I. N. 1984. Erosion, transport, and deposition of fine-grained marine sediments. In Stow,
D.A.V. and D.J.W. Piper (eds.) Fine-Grained Sediments: Deep-Water Processes and Facies.
Blackwell Scientific Publications. Boston, Massachusetts, 35-69.
Neilsen, P. 1992. Coastal Bottom Boundary Layers and Sediment Transport. World Scientific.
Hackensack, New Jersey.
Ravens, T. M. and Gschwend, P. M. 1999. Flume measurements of sediment erodibility in Boston
Harbor. J. Hydraulic Engineering 125(10): 998-1005.
Ravens, T. M. and Sitanggang, K. I. 2007. Numerical modeling and analysis of shoreline change on
Galveston Island. J. of Coastal Research, 23(3): 699-710.
Rogers, A. and Ravens, T. M. 2008. Measurement of longshore sediment transport rates in the
surf zone on Galveston Island, Texas. J. of Coastal Research, 24(2): 62-73.
34
CE A679 Sediment Transport and Coastal Processes Course Content Guide 2/20/2012
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. Coastal Engineering Manual, (http://chl.erdc.usace.army.mil/)
U.S. Dept. of Interior, Bureau of Reclamation. 2006. Erosion and Sedimentation Manual.
(http://www.usbr.gov/pmts/sediment/kb/ErosionAndSedimentation/index.html)
35
1a. School or College CB CBPP
1b. Division ADBP Division of Business Programs
1c. Department BA
2. Course Prefix
BA
3. Course Number
A480
4. Previous Course Prefix & Number
N/A
5a. Credits/CEUs
3
5b. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (3+0)
6. Complete Course Title Social Media Marketing Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
7. Type of Course Academic Preparatory/Development Non-credit CEU Professional Development
8. Type of Action: Add or Change or Delete If a change, mark appropriate boxes:
Prefix Course Number Credits Contact Hours Title Repeat Status Grading Basis Cross-Listed/Stacked Course Description Course Prerequisites Test Score Prerequisites Co-requisites Other Restrictions Registration Restrictions Class Level College Major Other (please specify)
9. Repeat Status No # of Repeats Max Credits
10. Grading Basis A-F P/NP NG
11. Implementation Date semester/year From: Fall/2012 To: /9999
12. Cross Listed with Stacked with Cross-Listed Coordination Signature
13a. Impacted Courses or Programs: List any programs or college requirements that require this course.
Please type into fields provided in table. If more than three entries, submit a separate table. A template is available at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance. Impacted Program/Course Catalog Page(s) Impacted Date of Coordination Chair/Coordinator Contacted
1. 2. 3.
Initiator Name (typed): Mei Rose Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________
13b. Coordination Email Date: submitted to Faculty Listserv: ([email protected])
13c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date:
14. General Education Requirement Oral Communication Written Communication Quantitative Skills Humanities
Mark appropriate box: Fine Arts Social Sciences Natural Sciences Integrative Capstone
15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Introduces students to the field of social media marketing. Surveys social media marketing processes, platforms, and purposes. Reviews how social media tools can be utilized to gain valuable insights into consumers’ attitudes toward the company and its competitors’ brands.
16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) None
16b. Test Score(s) N/A
16c. Co-requisite(s) (concurrent enrollment required) N/A
16d. Other Restriction(s)
College Major Class Level
16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) CBPP majors must be admitted to upper-division standing
17. Mark if course has fees Standard CBPP computer lab fees
18. Mark if course is a selected topic course
19. Justification for Action To offer an upper-division BA elective for students pursuing a BBA degree
Course Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage
Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Course
36
__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Mei Rose Initiator (TYPE NAME)
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Dean/Director of School/College Date
Approved
Disapproved
______________________________________ __________ Department Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Undergraduate/Graduate Academic Date Board Chairperson
Approved
Disapproved
_____________________________________ ___________ Curriculum Committee Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Provost or Designee Date
37
CCG BA A480 Page 1 of 3
COURSE CONTENT GUIDE UNIVERSITY OF ALASKA ANCHORAGE
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC POLICY
I. Date Initiated February 21, 2012
II. Course Information College/School: College of Business and Public Policy Department: Business Administration Program: Bachelor of Business Administration Course Title: Social Media Marketing Course Number: BA A480 Credits: 3 Contact Hours: 3 per week x 15 weeks = 45 hours 0 lab hours 6 hours outside of class per week x 15 weeks = 90 hours Grading Basis: A-F
Course Description: Introduces students to the field of social media marketing. Surveys social media marketing processes, platforms, and purposes. Reviews how social media tools can be utilized to gain valuable insights into consumers’ attitudes toward the company and its competitors’ brands. Course Prerequisites: None Registration Restrictions: CBPP majors must be admitted to upper-division standing. Fees: Standard CBPP computer lab fee
III. Course Activities
A. Lectures B. Guest presenters C. Group work
IV. Course Level Justification
Students need a substantial body of lower-level courses to complete this course. BA A480 requires students to develop a clear understanding of social media marketing from a theoretical and practical point of view. The course also requires students to demonstrate understanding of social media marketing through written essays and oral discourse.
38
CCG BA A480 Page 2 of 3
V. Outline
A. Why Social Media? B. Goals and Strategies C. Identifying Target Audiences D. Rules of Engagement for Social Media E. Publishing Blogs F. Publishing Podcasts and Webinars G. Publishing Articles, White Papers and E-Books H. Sharing Videos I. Sharing Photos and Images J. Social Networks K. Microblogging L. Discussion Boards, Social News Sites, and Q&A Sites M. Mobile Computing and Location Marketing N. Social Media Monitoring Tools
VI. Suggested Text
Barker, M. S., Barker, D. I., & Neher, K. E. (2013). Social media marketing: A strategic approach (1st ed.). Boston, MA: South-Western Cengage Learning.
VII. Bibliography
Marshall, P. & Meloche, T. (2011). Ultimate guide to facebook advertising: How to access 600 million customers in 10 minutes. Irvine, CA: Entrepreneur Media, Inc.
Meyerson, M. (2010). Success secrets of the social media marketing superstars. Irvine, CA: Entrepreneur Media, Inc.
Parker, C. (2011). 301 ways to use social media to boost your marketing. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill.
Qualman, E. (2011). Socialnomics: How social media transforms the way we live and do business. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Solis, B. (2011). Engage!: The complete guide for brands and businesses to build, cultivate, and measure success in the new web. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
39
CCG BA A480 Page 3 of 3
VIII. Instructional Goals and Student Outcomes
A. Instructional Goals. The instructor will:
1. present information and theory of social media marketing covering the principal concepts and applications of effective social media marketing practices.
2. facilitate case and article discussions to demonstrate successful and unsuccessful application of social marketing tactics and tools.
3. develop students’ understanding of effective social media contents and the use of appropriate media platform and tools to disseminate the contents.
4. provide written feedback regarding all written work such examinations, and research reports.
B. Student Outcomes. Students will be able to: Assessment Method
1. describe the social media marketing ecosystem and its impact on traditional marketing strategy.
Examinations and presentations
2. select appropriate social media tools and platforms to engage consumers, and monitor and measure the results of these efforts.
Research project and presentations
3. describe consumers’ digital media behavior and their attitudes toward a company and its competitors’ brands.
Examinations and presentations
4. explain the best marketing practices for paid and unpaid social media.
Examinations and presentations
40
1a. S K
2. Co
MA6. Com Ele Abbrevia
7. Typ
8. Typ If a cha
13a. Im
Please
1. Se2. 3.
Initiato
Initiator
13b. C s
14. G
15. C Fsolutio
16a. C MMATH
16d. O
17.
19. Ju R
_______ Initiator
Sara RInitiator
Appr
Disa
Appr
Disa
chool or CollegeKP KPC
urse Prefix
ATH mplete Course Tementary Algeb
ated Title for Transcrip
pe of Course
pe of Action:
ange, mark appropr
Prefix Credits Title Grading Basis Course Descrip Test Score Pre Other Restrictio
Class College
Other (p
mpacted Course
type into fields pro
Impacted Pee attached spread
or Name (typed):
r Signed Initials: __
Coordination Emasubmitted to Faculty
General EducatioMark ap
Course DescriptioFirst of three seons of linear eq
Course PrerequisMATH A054 with a A055
Other Restriction
College
Mark if cours
ustification for AcRequesting a per
________________r (faculty only)
Reinert (TYPE NAME)
roved
approved
________ Departm
roved
approved
________ Curricul
e
3. Course Num
A058A itle
bra A
pt (30 character)
Acad
Add or
riate boxes:
ption requisites
ons Level Major lease specify)
s or Programs:
ovided in table. If m
Program/Course sheet
Sara Reinert ________
ail Date: 1y Listserv: (uaa-fac
on Requirement ppropriate box:
on (suggested leng
ections of an Equations in one
site(s) (list prefix aminimum of C or p
(s)
Major Clas
se has fees
ction rmanent number.
_______________
________________ment Chairperson
________________lum Committee Ch
1b. Divis AMS
mber 4. Previo
MAT
demic Pr
Change o
Course Number Contact Hours Repeat Status Cross-Listed/Stac Course Prerequis Co-requisites Registration Rest
List any program
more than three entr
Cat
Date:_____
12/15/2011 [email protected]
gth 20 to 50 words)
lementary Algee-variable, grap
and number) lacement into
ss Level
.
_______________
________________
_______________ airperson
Proposa
sion SC Division of
ous Course Prefi
H A094B
reparatory/Develop
or Delete
cked sites
rictions
ms or college requ
ries, submit a sepa
talog Page(s) Impa
____________
ska.edu)
Oral Communication
Fine Arts
) ebra course. Inphing, and intro
16b. Test Sc
16e. Registra
18. Mark
___________ Date
_ __________ Date
___________ Date
CouUnivers
al to Initiate
Math Science
ix & Number
pment N
9. Repeat S
10. Grading
11. Impleme From: F
12. Cros
Stac
uirements that re
arate table. A temp
cted Date of C
13c. Coordin
Written Com
Social Scien
ncludes operatioduction to func
core(s)
ation Restriction(
k if course is a se
Approved
Disapproved
Approved
Disapproved
Approved
Disapproved
urse Action ity of Alask, Add, Cha
5a. Credits/CEU
1
Non-credit
Status No # o
Basis A
entation Date sem
Fall/2012
ss Listed with
cked with
equire this course
plate is available at
Coordination
nation with Librar
mmunication nces
ions with signections.
16c. Co-r
(s) (non-codable)
elected topic cou
d
______________ Dean/Director
d
_____________ Undergraduate Board Chairpe
d
_____________ Provost or Des
Request ka Anchoragnge, or Del
1c.
Us 5b.
CEU
of Repeats
A-F P/NP
mester/year To: 9999/999
e.
www.uaa.alaska.e
Chair/C
ry Liaison D
Quantitative Skills Natural Sciences
ed numbers, pr
requisite(s) (conc
e)
urse
_______________of School/College
________________e/Graduate Academerson
_______________signee
ge lete a Cour
Department Mathematics
. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (1+0)
Professional De
Max Credit
NG
99
Cross-Listed Coordina
edu/governance. Coordinator Contac
Date: 11/29/2011
Humanities
Integrative C
roperties of rea
urrent enrollment r
________________
________________mic
________________
rse
evelopment
ts
ation Signature
cted
1
Capstone
al numbers,
required)
________________ Date
________________ Date
________________ Date
_ e
__ e
__e
41
Course Being Changed: Math A094B to MATH A058A
Course Impactsexamples: prerequisite,
corequisite, recommended
Program Impactsexamples: requirement, selective,
program credit total
MATH A101 prerequisite 432 1/13/12 Sam Thiru
MATH A105 prerequisite 433 1/13/12 Sam ThiruCHEM A055 prerequisite 355 1/13/12 Eric Holmberg
ACCT A101 prerequisite 316 1/13/12 Pat Fort
Aviation Maintenance Technology requirement for program entry 181 1/13/12 Rocky CapozziMATH A058B prerequisite 1/24/12 Sara Reinert
Courtesy Notification
Chair/Coordinator Contacted (not listerve)Impacted Program or Course
Type of Impact (course or program)
Catalog Page
42
1
University of Alaska Anchorage
Kenai Peninsula College Course Content Guide
I. Date Initiated:
11/29/2011
II. Course Information a. College: b. Course
Title: c. Course
Subject: d. Credit
Hours: e. Contact
Time: f. Grading
Info: g. Course
Description: h. Status of
course relative to degree or certificate program:
i. Lab fee: j. Course
prerequisite: k. Registration
Restriction:
Kenai Peninsula College Elementary Algebra A Developmental Mathematics/Algebra 1 1+0 A-F First of three sections of an Elementary Algebra course. Includes operations with signed numbers, properties of real numbers, solutions of linear equations in one-variable, graphing, and introduction to functions. Developmental course, preparatory for Elementary Algebra B. Completion of Elementary Algebra A, B, and C will be equivalent to completion of MATH A055 and will prepare the student for MATH A105. None MATH A054 with a minimum grade of C, or placement into MATH A055.
III. Course Level Justification: The course is not college-level content. The 1-credit course prepares students to take MATH A058B and to develop the necessary algebra skills for courses in other disciplines.
43
2
IV. Instructional Goals
The instructor will: a. Introduce the properties of real numbers. b. Demonstrate how to solve linear equations in one variable. c. Demonstrate how to apply equations to simple applications. d. Introduce the concept of a linear equation in two variables. e. Demonstrate graphing on a rectangular coordinate plane. f. Introduce elementary functions.
V. Student Learning Outcomes
The student will: One or more of these Assessment
Methods will be used. a. Identify properties of real
numbers. Homework and/or testing
b. Solve linear equations in one variable.
Homework and/or testing
c. Use linear equations to solve simple application problems.
Homework and/or testing
d. Solve linear equalities in two variables.
Homework and/or testing
e. Graph linear equations in two variables using a rectangular coordinate plane.
Homework and/or testing
f. Recognize and manipulate elementary functions.
Homework and/or testing
VI. Course Outline A. Real Numbers and their Basic Properties 1. Basic definitions 2. Operations on real numbers 3. Properties of real numbers 4. Powers of real numbers 5. Order of operations with real numbers B. Equations and Inequalities 1. Solving equations 2. Simplifying expressions to solve equations 3. Application problems 4. Formulas for solving application problems 5. Solving inequalities
44
3
C. Graphing Linear Equations 1. Reading graphs. 2. Rectangular coordinate system 3. Rates and slope 4. Graphing linear equations in 2-variables 5. Introduction to functions VII. Suggested Text(s) Bittenger, M. L., Ellenbogen, D.J., & Johnson, B. L. (2012). Elementary and
intermediate algebra (4th edition). Boston, MA: Addison Wesley. Gustafson, R. D., & Frisk, P. D. (2011). Beginning and intermediate algebra (5th
edition). Stamford, CT: Brooks/Cole. Lial,M. L., Hornsby, J., & McGinnis, T. (2010). Introductory algebra (9th edition).
Boston, MA: Addison Wesley.
VIII. Bibliography Aufmann, R. N., Barker,V. C., & Lockwood, J. S. (2008). Beginning algebra (7th
edition). Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin. Blitzer, R. (2009). Introductory algebra for college students (5th edition). Upper
Saddle Creek, NJ: Prentice Hall. Hubbard, E., & Robinson, R. D. (2008). Elementary algebra (3th edition). Boston,
MA: Houghton Mifflin. McKeague, C. P. (2012). Elementary algebra (9th edition). Belmont, CA: Cengage
Learning.
45
1a. S K
2. Co
MA6. Com Ele Abbrevia
7. Typ
8. Typ If a cha
13a. Im
Please
1. Se2. 3.
Initiato
Initiator
13b. C s
14. G
15. C Sopera
16a. C M
16d. O
17.
19. Ju R
_______ Initiator
Sara RInitiator
Appr
Disa
Appr
Disa
chool or CollegeKP KPC
urse Prefix
ATH mplete Course Tementary Algeb
ated Title for Transcrip
pe of Course
pe of Action:
ange, mark appropr
Prefix Credits Title Grading Basis Course Descrip Test Score Pre Other Restrictio
Class College
Other (p
mpacted Course
type into fields pro
Impacted Pee attached spreads
or Name (typed):
r Signed Initials: __
Coordination Emasubmitted to Faculty
General EducatioMark ap
Course DescriptioSecond of threeations with poly
Course PrerequisMATH A058A with a
Other Restriction
College
Mark if cours
ustification for AcRequesting a per
________________r (faculty only)
Reinert (TYPE NAME)
roved
approved
________ Departm
roved
approved
________ Curricul
e
3. Course Num
A058B itle bra B
pt (30 character)
Acad
Add or
riate boxes:
ption requisites
ons Level Major lease specify)
s or Programs:
ovided in table. If m
Program/Course sheet
Sara Reinert ________
ail Date: 1y Listserv: (uaa-fac
on Requirement ppropriate box:
on (suggested leng
e sections of anynomial function
site(s) (list prefix aa minimum grade o
(s)
Major Clas
se has fees
ction rmanent number.
_______________
________________ment Chairperson
________________lum Committee Ch
1b. Divis AMS
mber 4. Previo
MAT
demic Pr
Change o
Course Number Contact Hours Repeat Status Cross-Listed/Stac Course Prerequis Co-requisites Registration Rest
List any program
more than three entr
Cat
Date:_____
12/15/2011 [email protected]
gth 20 to 50 words)
n Elementary Ans.
and number) of C
ss Level
.
_______________
________________
_______________ airperson
Proposa
sion SC Division of
ous Course Prefi
H A094C
reparatory/Develop
or Delete
cked sites
rictions
ms or college requ
ries, submit a sepa
talog Page(s) Impa
____________
ska.edu)
Oral Communication
Fine Arts
) Algebra course
16b. Test Sc
16e. Registra
18. Mark
___________ Date
_ __________ Date
___________ Date
CouUnivers
al to Initiate
Math Science
ix & Number
pment N
9. Repeat S
10. Grading
11. Impleme From: F
12. Cros
Stac
uirements that re
arate table. A temp
cted Date of C
13c. Coordin
Written Com
Social Scien
e. Includes solv
core(s)
ation Restriction(
k if course is a se
Approved
Disapproved
Approved
Disapproved
Approved
Disapproved
urse Action ity of Alask, Add, Cha
5a. Credits/CEU
1
Non-credit
Status No # o
Basis A
entation Date sem
Fall/2012
ss Listed with
cked with
equire this course
plate is available at
Coordination
nation with Librar
mmunication nces
ving systems of
16c. Co-r
(s) (non-codable)
elected topic cou
d
______________ Dean/Director
d
_____________ Undergraduate Board Chairpe
d
_____________ Provost or Des
Request ka Anchoragnge, or Del
1c.
Us 5b.
CEU
of Repeats
A-F P/NP
mester/year To: 9999/999
e.
www.uaa.alaska.e
Chair/C
ry Liaison D
Quantitative Skills Natural Sciences
f equations, ex
requisite(s) (conc
e)
urse
_______________of School/College
________________e/Graduate Academerson
_______________signee
ge lete a Cour
Department Mathematics
. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (1+0)
Professional De
Max Credit
NG
99
Cross-Listed Coordina
edu/governance. Coordinator Contac
Date: 11/29/2011
Humanities
Integrative C
xponents, radica
urrent enrollment r
________________
________________mic
________________
rse
evelopment
ts
ation Signature
cted
1
Capstone
als, and
required)
________________ Date
________________ Date
________________ Date
_ e
__ e
__e
46
Course Being Changed: MATH A094C to MATH A058B
Course Impactsexamples: prerequisite,
corequisite, recommended
Program Impactsexamples: requirement, selective,
program credit total
MATH A101 prerequisite 432 1/13/12 Sam Thiru
MATH A105 prerequisite 433 1/13/12 Sam ThiruCHEM A055 prerequisite 355 1/13/12 Eric Holmberg
ACCT A101 prerequisite 316 1/13/12 Pat Fort
Aviation Maintenance Technology requirement for program entry 181 1/13/12 Rocky CapozziMATH A058C prerequisite 1/24/12 Sara Reinert
Courtesy Notification
Chair/Coordinator Contacted (not listerve)Impacted Program or Course
Type of Impact (course or program)
Catalog Page
47
1
University of Alaska Anchorage
Kenai Peninsula College Course Content Guide
I. Initiation Date
11/29/2011
II. Course Information
a. College: b. Course Title: c. Course Subject: d. Credit Hours: e. Contact Time: f. Grading info: g. Course
Description:
h. Status of Course relative to degree or certificate program:
i. Lab Fee:
j. Course
Prerequisite:
k. Registration Restriction:
Kenai Peninsula College Elementary Algebra B Developmental Mathematics/Algebra 1 1+0 A-F Second of three sections of an Elementary Algebra course. Includes solving systems of equations, exponents, radicals, and operations with polynomial functions. Developmental Course, preparatory for Elementary Algebra B. Completion of Elementary Algebra A, B, and C will be equivalent to completion of MATH A055 and will prepare the student for MATH A105. None Completion of Elementary Algebra A with a minimum grade of C.
III. Course Level Justification
The course is not college-level content. The 1-credit course prepares students to take MATH A058C and to develop the necessary skills for courses in other disciplines.
48
2
IV.
Instructional Goals The instructor will:
a. Demonstrate the solution of linear systems of equations using various techniques.
b. Demonstrate simplifications and manipulations with exponents and radicals.
c. Demonstrate how to solve equations with radicals. d. Define polynomial expressions and functions. e. Demonstrate the basic operations on polynomials. V. Student Learning Outcomes The student will: One or more of these Assessment
Methods will be used: a. Solve systems of linear
equations using multiple techniques.
Homework and/or testing
b. Simplify expressions with exponents.
Homework and/or testing
c. Simplify expressions with radicals.
Homework and/or testing
d. Solve equations containing radicals.
Homework and/or testing
e. Identify polynomials and perform the basic operations on them.
Homework and/or testing
VI. Course Outline A. Graphing and Solving Systems of Equations and Inequalities 1. Solving systems of linear equations by graphing 2. Solving systems of linear equations by substitution 3. Solving systems of linear equations by elimination 4. Applications of systems of equations 5. Systems of linear inequalities B. Polynomials 1. Exponents and their properties 2. Radicals 3. Scientific notation 4. Polynomials and polynomial functions 5. Adding and subtracting polynomials 6. Multiplying and dividing polynomials
49
3
VII. Suggested Text(s) Bittenger, M. L., Ellenbogen, D.J., & Johnson, B. L. (2012). Elementary and
intermediate algebra (4th edition). Boston, MA: Addison Wesley. Gustafson, R. D., & Frisk, P. D. (2011). Beginning and intermediate algebra (5th
edition). Stamford, CT: Brooks/Cole. Lial,M. L., Hornsby, J., & McGinnis, T. (2010). Introductory algebra (9th edition).
Boston, MA: Addison Wesley.
VIII. Bibliography Aufmann, R. N., Barker,V. C., & Lockwood, J. S. (2008). Beginning algebra (7th
edition). Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin. Blitzer, R. (2009). Introductory algebra for college students (5th edition). Upper
Saddle Creek, NJ: Prentice Hall. Hubbard, E., & Robinson, R. D. (2008). Elementary algebra (3th edition). Boston,
MA: Houghton Mifflin. McKeague, C. P. (2012). Elementary algebra (9th edition). Belmont, CA: Cengage
Learning.
50
1a. S K
2. Co
MA6. Com Ele Abbrevia
7. Typ
8. Typ If a cha
13a. Im
Please
1. Se2. 3.
Initiato
Initiator
13b. C s
14. G
15. C Tradica
16a. C M
16d. O
17.
19. Ju R
_______ Initiator
Sara RInitiator
Appr
Disa
Appr
Disa
chool or CollegeKP KPC
urse Prefix
ATH mplete Course Tementary Algeb
ated Title for Transcrip
pe of Course
pe of Action:
ange, mark appropr
Prefix Credits Title Grading Basis Course Descrip Test Score Pre Other Restrictio
Class College
Other (p
mpacted Course
type into fields pro
Impacted Pee attached spreads
or Name (typed):
r Signed Initials: __
Coordination Emasubmitted to Faculty
General EducatioMark ap
Course DescriptioThird of three sal equations, a
Course PrerequisMATH A058B with a
Other Restriction
College
Mark if cours
ustification for AcRequesting a per
________________r (faculty only)
Reinert (TYPE NAME)
roved
approved
________ Departm
roved
approved
________ Curricul
e
3. Course Num
A058C itle
bra C
pt (30 character)
Acad
Add or
riate boxes:
ption requisites
ons Level Major lease specify)
s or Programs:
ovided in table. If m
Program/Course sheet
Sara Reinert ________
ail Date: 1y Listserv: (uaa-fac
on Requirement ppropriate box:
on (suggested leng
ections of an End variation.
site(s) (list prefix aa minimum grade o
(s)
Major Clas
se has fees
ction rmanent number.
_______________
________________ment Chairperson
________________lum Committee Ch
1b. Divis AMS
mber 4. Previo
MAT
demic Pr
Change o
Course Number Contact Hours Repeat Status Cross-Listed/Stac Course Prerequis Co-requisites Registration Rest
List any program
more than three entr
Cat
Date:_____
12/15/2011 [email protected]
gth 20 to 50 words)
Elementary Alg
and number) of C
ss Level
.
_______________
________________
_______________ airperson
Proposa
sion SC Division of
ous Course Prefi
H A094D
reparatory/Develop
or Delete
cked sites
rictions
ms or college requ
ries, submit a sepa
talog Page(s) Impa
____________
ska.edu)
Oral Communication
Fine Arts
) ebra course. In
16b. Test Sc
16e. Registra
18. Mark
___________ Date
_ __________ Date
___________ Date
CouUnivers
al to Initiate
Math Science
ix & Number
pment N
9. Repeat S
10. Grading
11. Impleme From: F
12. Cros
Stac
uirements that re
arate table. A temp
cted Date of C
13c. Coordin
Written Com
Social Scien
ncludes factorin
core(s)
ation Restriction(
k if course is a se
Approved
Disapproved
Approved
Disapproved
Approved
Disapproved
urse Action ity of Alask, Add, Cha
5a. Credits/CEU
1
Non-credit
Status No # o
Basis A
entation Date sem
Fall/2012
ss Listed with
cked with
equire this course
plate is available at
Coordination
nation with Librar
mmunication nces
ng, solving qua
16c. Co-r
(s) (non-codable)
elected topic cou
d
______________ Dean/Director
d
_____________ Undergraduate Board Chairpe
d
_____________ Provost or Des
Request ka Anchoragnge, or Del
1c.
Us 5b.
CEU
of Repeats
A-F P/NP
mester/year To: 9999/999
e.
www.uaa.alaska.e
Chair/C
ry Liaison D
Quantitative Skills Natural Sciences
adratic function
requisite(s) (conc
e)
urse
_______________of School/College
________________e/Graduate Academerson
_______________signee
ge lete a Cour
Department Mathematics
. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (1+0)
Professional De
Max Credit
NG
99
Cross-Listed Coordina
edu/governance. Coordinator Contac
Date: 11/29/2011
Humanities
Integrative C
ns, algebraic fra
urrent enrollment r
________________
________________mic
________________
rse
evelopment
ts
ation Signature
cted
1
Capstone
actions, solving
required)
________________ Date
________________ Date
________________ Date
g
_ e
__ e
__e
51
Course Being Changed: MATH A094D to MATH A058C
Course Impactsexamples: prerequisite,
corequisite, recommended
Program Impactsexamples: requirement, selective,
program credit total
MATH A101 prerequisite 432 1/13/12 Sam Thiru
MATH A105 prerequisite 433 1/13/12 Sam ThiruCHEM A055 prerequisite 355 1/13/12 Eric Holmberg
ACCT A101 prerequisite 316 1/13/12 Pat Fort
Aviation Maintenance Technology requirement for program entry 181 1/13/12 Rocky Capozzi
Courtesy Notification
Chair/Coordinator Contacted (not listerve)Impacted Program or Course
Type of Impact (course or program)
Catalog Page
52
1
University of Alaska Anchorage Kenai Peninsula College Course Content Guide
I. Initiation Date 11/29/2011
II. Course Information
a. College: b. Course Title: c. Course Subject: d. Credit Hours: e. Contact Time: f. Grading Info: g. Course
Description:
h. Status of course relative to degree or certificate program:
i. Lab Fee:
j. Course Prerequisite:
k. Registration Restriction:
Kenai Peninsula College Elementary Algebra C Developmental Mathematics/Algebra 1 1+0 A-F Third of three sections of an Elementary Algebra course. Includes factoring, solving quadratic functions, algebraic fractions, solving radical equations, and variation. Developmental Course. Completion of Elementary Algebra A, B, and C will be equivalent to completion of MATH A055 and will prepare the student for MATH A105. None Completion of Elementary Algebra B with a C or better.
III. Course Level Justification
The course is not college-level content. The 1-credit course continues to develop necessary algebra skills for courses in other disciplines. Completion of MATH A058 A, B, and C will prepare students for MATH A105.
53
2
IV. Instructional Goals
The instructor will:
a. Define quadratic and rational equations. b. Demonstrate how to apply quadratics and rational equations to simple
models. c. Demonstrate various factoring techniques. d. Demonstrate how to solve quadratic and rational equations. e. Demonstrate simple variation problems. V. Student Outcomes The student will: One or more of these Assessment
Methods will be used: a. Recognize quadratic and
rational expressions and equations.
Homework and/or testing
b. Apply quadratic equations to simple models.
Homework and/or testing
c. Factor quadratics and polynomials using various techniques.
Homework and/or testing
d. Solve rational equations. Homework and/or testing e. Solve simple variation
problems. Homework and/or testing
VI. Course Outline A. Factoring Polynomials 1. Greatest common factor 2. Difference of two squares 3. General trinomials 4. Sum and difference of cubes 5. Solving equations by factoring 6. Solving applications B. Rational Expressions and Proportions 1. Ratios and proportions 2. Simplifying rational expressions 3. Multiplying and dividing rational expressions 4. Adding and subtracting rational expressions 5. Complex fractions 6. Solving rational equations 7. Applications of equations with rational expressions 8. Variation
54
3
VII. Suggested Text(s) Bittenger, M. L., Ellenbogen, D.J., & Johnson, B. L. (2012). Elementary and
intermediate algebra (4th edition). Boston, MA: Addison Wesley. Gustafson, R. D., & Frisk, P. D. (2011). Beginning and intermediate algebra (5th
edition). Stamford, CT: Brooks/Cole. Lial,M. L., Hornsby, J., & McGinnis, T. (2010). Introductory algebra (9th edition).
Boston, MA: Addison Wesley.
VIII. Bibliography Aufmann, R. N., Barker,V. C., & Lockwood, J. S. (2008). Beginning algebra (7th
edition). Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin. Blitzer, R. (2009). Introductory algebra for college students (5th edition). Upper
Saddle Creek, NJ: Prentice Hall. Hubbard, E., & Robinson, R. D. (2008). Elementary algebra (3th edition). Boston,
MA: Houghton Mifflin. McKeague, C. P. (2012). Elementary algebra (9th edition). Belmont, CA: Cengage
Learning.
55
MEMORANDUM
To: COH/UAB Curriculum Committees From: Deborah Periman, Paralegal Studies Certificate Program Coordinator Date: February 3, 2012 Re: Addition of Legal Studies/LEGL and Legal Nurse Consultant/LNC Course Prefixes The Justice Center is proposing the addition of a new prefix, LEGL, in conjunction with the restructuring of its Paralegal Studies Certificate Program. As part of the same overall restructuring, by a separate PAR, the Justice Center is also proposing the addition of a second prefix, LNC. The restructuring of the existing undergraduate certificate in Paralegal Studies will make better use of existing resources within the Justice Center and College of Health, significantly increase student options and the depth of Justice Center programs, and respond to market forces in the legal profession. The restructured program will convert the existing 60 credit ABA-approved Paralegal Studies Certificate into a 60 credit Associate of Applied Science, Paralegal Studies degree. We’ll also be using the existing core paralegal courses to develop a:
(1) Legal Studies Minor, (2) Post-baccalaureate certificate in Paralegal Studies, (3) Legal Nurse Consultant (LNC) certificate for students working on or holding a
nursing degree, and (4) Bachelor of Arts degree in Legal Studies.
Together, these five programs of study will comprise the new Legal Studies curriculum in the Justice Center. All of the programs will be ABA-approved and grounded in a common core of seven courses combining theoretical knowledge of the law with skills-based training in American legal practice. This common core of classes will be assigned the prefix LEGL, which logically connotes both Legal Studies and Paralegal. Two new courses are planned that will be part of the Legal Nurse Consultant Certificate only. These courses will be assigned the LNC prefix. (More LNC electives will be added as appropriate to demand.) The old PARL prefix used for the current Paralegal Studies Certificate will be retained during the transition period from the old program to the new, at which time a PAR to inactivate it will be submitted. Catalog copy for the new programs, both in track-changes and final form, will be submitted to the College of Health after the prefixes are approved.
56
1a. School or College CH College of Health
1b. Division AJUS Division of Justice
1c. Department
Justice Center
2. Complete Program Title/Prefix
Legal Studies/LEGL
3. Type of Program Choose one from the appropriate drop down menu: Undergraduate: or Graduate: Bachelor of Arts CHOOSE ONE
4. Type of Action: PROGRAM PREFIX
Add Add
Change Change
Delete Inactivate
5. Implementation Date (semester/year)
From: Fall/2012 To: /9999
6a. Coordination with Affected Units Department, School, or College: Justice Center
Initiator Name (typed): Deborah Periman Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________
6b. Coordination Email submitted to Faculty Listserv ([email protected]) Date: 1/31/2012
6c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date: 1/31/2012
7. Title and Program Description - Please attach the following: Cover Memo Catalog Copy in Word using the track changes function
8. Justification for Action
The LEGL prefix will be used to designate courses in the Legal Studies major and minor, and courses in the Paralegal Studies programs.
__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Deborah Periman Initiator (TYPE NAME)
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Dean/Director of School/College Date
Approved
Disapproved
______________________________________ __________ Department Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Undergraduate/Graduate Academic Date Board Chairperson
Approved
Disapproved
_____________________________________ ___________ Curriculum Committee Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Provost or Designee Date
Program/Prefix Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage
Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Program of Study or Prefix
57
1a. School or College CH College of Health
1b. Division AJUS Division of Justice
1c. Department
Justice Center
2. Complete Program Title/Prefix
Legal Nurse Consultant/LNC
3. Type of Program Choose one from the appropriate drop down menu: Undergraduate: or Graduate: Undergraduate Certificate CHOOSE ONE
4. Type of Action: PROGRAM PREFIX
Add Add
Change Change
Delete Inactivate
5. Implementation Date (semester/year)
From: Fall/2012 To: /9999
6a. Coordination with Affected Units Department, School, or College: Justice Center
Initiator Name (typed): Deborah Periman Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________
6b. Coordination Email submitted to Faculty Listserv ([email protected]) Date: 1/31/2012
6c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date: 1/31/2012
7. Title and Program Description - Please attach the following: Cover Memo Catalog Copy in Word using the track changes function
8. Justification for Action
The new LNC prefix will be used to designate courses in the new Legal Nurse Consultant Certificate Program, to be proposed Spring 2012.
__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Deborah Periman Initiator (TYPE NAME)
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Dean/Director of School/College Date
Approved
Disapproved
______________________________________ __________ Department Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Undergraduate/Graduate Academic Date Board Chairperson
Approved
Disapproved
_____________________________________ ___________ Curriculum Committee Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Provost or Designee Date
Program/Prefix Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage
Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Program of Study or Prefix
58
1a. School or College CH College of Health
1b. Division AHLS Division of Health Safety
1c. Department Medical Laboratory Science
2. Course Prefix
MEDT
3. Course Number
A401
4. Previous Course Prefix & Number
N/A
5a. Credits/CEUs
2 credits
5b. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (2+0)
6. Complete Course Title Introduction to Research Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
7. Type of Course Academic Preparatory/Development Non-credit CEU Professional Development
8. Type of Action: Add or Change or Delete If a change, mark appropriate boxes:
Prefix Course Number Credits Contact Hours Title Repeat Status Grading Basis Cross-Listed/Stacked Course Description Course Prerequisites Test Score Prerequisites Co-requisites Other Restrictions Registration Restrictions Class Level College Major Other Course Design (please specify)
9. Repeat Status No # of Repeats Max Credits
10. Grading Basis A-F P/NP NG
11. Implementation Date semester/year From: Fall/2012 To: /9999
12. Cross Listed with N/A Stacked with N/A Cross-Listed Coordination Signature
13a. Impacted Courses or Programs: List any programs or college requirements that require this course.
Please type into fields provided in table. If more than three entries, submit a separate table. A template is available at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance. Impacted Program/Course Catalog Page(s) Impacted Date of Coordination Chair/Coordinator Contacted
1. Bachelor of Science Medical Technology 216 1/20/12 Heidi Mannion 2. MEDT A402 437 1/20/12 Heidi Mannion 3.
Initiator Name (typed): Heidi Mannion Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________
13b. Coordination Email Date: 1/27/12 submitted to Faculty Listserv: ([email protected])
13c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date: 02/08/12
14. General Education Requirement Oral Communication Written Communication Quantitative Skills Humanities
Mark appropriate box: Fine Arts Social Sciences Natural Sciences Integrative Capstone
15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Applies research and presentation methods to current topics in medical laboratory science.
16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) Minimum grade of C in:[CIS A110 and (STAT A252 or STAT A253)].
16b. Test Score(s) N/A
16c. Co-requisite(s) (concurrent enrollment required) N/A
16d. Other Restriction(s)
College Major Class Level
16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) Departmental Approval
17. Mark if course has fees 18. Mark if course is a selected topic course
19. Justification for Action Curriculum is being updated for currency and forms are being edited to reflect organizational changes.
__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Heidi Mannion Initiator (TYPE NAME)
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Dean/Director of School/College Date
Approved
Disapproved
______________________________________ __________ Department Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Undergraduate/Graduate Academic Date Board Chairperson
Approved
Disapproved
_____________________________________ ___________ Curriculum Committee Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Provost or Designee Date
Course Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage
Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Course
59
University of Alaska Anchorage College of Health
Course Content Guide Department: MEDT: Medical Laboratory Science Date: January 27, 2012 Course Number: MEDT A401 Course Title: Introduction to Research Credits: 2 credits I. Course Description
Applies research and presentation methods to current topics in medical laboratory science.
II. Course Design A. Designed for medical laboratory science students in their final semesters of
the degree program. B. Total time of student involvement 90 contact hours
1) Lecture: 2 hours per week for a total of 30 hours 2) Outside work expected: 60 hours total
C. Required for a Bachelor of Science Degree in Medical Laboratory Science. D. No special fees. E. Course level justification: Students integrate knowledge acquired in MEDT
and prerequisite courses to develop and present a research proposal for a topic in medical laboratory science.
III. Course Activities
Course is conducted in a lecture format.
IV. Course Prerequisites Minimum grade of C in: [CIS A110 and (STAT A252 or STAT A253)].
V. Course Evaluation
A. Grading A-F B. Grades are based on article critique, research proposal and presentation. C. Specific grading criteria will be discussed in the beginning of the course.
VI. Course Outline 1.0 Framing the Problem
1.1 Identifying a Topic 1.2 Framing a Research Problem
2.0 Review of Literature 2.1 Determine When to Conduct a Search 2.2 Delimit What is Searched 2.3 Access Databases for Periodicals, Books, and Documents 2.4 Organize Information 2.5 Critically Evaluate the Literature
60
2.6 Write the Literature Review 3.0 Formulating Research Questions 4.0 Experimental Type Designs
4.1 True-Experimental Designs 4.2 Quasi-Experimental Designs 4.3 Pre-Experimental Designs 4.4 Nonexperimental Designs 4.5 Experimental-Type Meta-Analysis 4.6 Criteria for Selecting Appropriate Designs
5.0 Setting Boundaries of a Study 6.0 Protecting the Boundaries
6.1 Principles for Protecting Human Subjects 6.2 Institutional Review Board 6.3 Informed Consent Process 6.4 Study Approval and Monitoring
7.0 Sampling Methods 7.1 Probability Sampling 7.2 Nonprobability Sampling 7.3 Comparing Sample to Population 7.4 Introduction to Sample Size
8.0 Collecting Information 9.0 Measurement in Experimental-Type Research
9.1 Levels of Measurement 9.2 Measurement Scales 9.3 Confidence in Instruments
10.0 Understanding Statistics 10.1 Descriptive Statistics 10.2 Drawing Inferences 10.3 Association and Relationships
11.0 Qualitative Research VII. Recommended Text
DePoy, E., & Gitlin, L. N. (2011). Introduction to research: Understanding and applying multiple strategies (4th ed.). St. Louis, MO: Elsevier.
VIII. References
*Kane, R. L. (2006). Understanding health care outcomes research (2nd ed.). Sudbury, MA: Jones and Bartlett.
*Munro, B. H. (2004). Statistical methods for health care research (5th ed.).
Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott. Patten, M. L. (2009). Understanding research methods: An overview of the
essentials (7 th ed). Glendale, CA: Pyrczak.
61
Polit, D. F., & Beck, C. T. (2008). Nursing research: Principles and methods (8th ed.). Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott.
IX. Instructional Goals, Student Outcomes and Assessment Methods
A. Instructional Goals: Provide students with the knowledge and skills to evaluate published studies as an informed consumer and develop and present research proposals in medical laboratory science.
B. Student Outcomes and Assessment Methods: . Student Outcomes After successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
Assessment Methods To be assessed by one or more of the following:
1. Use computer technology to identify and locate literature.
Research article critique Research proposal
2. Summarize the key points and critique the strengths and weaknesses of a research article.
Research article critique
3. Write a proposal for a research project citing appropriate literature and using a suitable research design.
Written research proposal
4. Present a research proposal. Class presentation
62
1a. School or College CH College of Health
1b. Division AHLS Division of Health Safety
1c. Department Medical Laboratory Science
2. Course Prefix
MEDT
3. Course Number
A402
4. Previous Course Prefix & Number
N/A
5a. Credits/CEUs
3 credits
5b. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (2+2)
6. Complete Course Title Medical Laboratory Science Honors: Quality Assessment Project MLS Honors: QA Project Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
7. Type of Course Academic Preparatory/Development Non-credit CEU Professional Development
8. Type of Action: Add or Change or Delete If a change, mark appropriate boxes:
Prefix Course Number Credits Contact Hours Title Repeat Status Grading Basis Cross-Listed/Stacked Course Description Course Prerequisites Test Score Prerequisites Co-requisites Other Restrictions Registration Restrictions Class Level College Major Other School and Dept. (please specify)
9. Repeat Status No # of Repeats Max Credits
10. Grading Basis A-F P/NP NG
11. Implementation Date semester/year From: Fall/2012 To: /9999
12. Cross Listed with N/A Stacked with N/A Cross-Listed Coordination Signature
13a. Impacted Courses or Programs: List any programs or college requirements that require this course.
Please type into fields provided in table. If more than three entries, submit a separate table. A template is available at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance. Impacted Program/Course Catalog Page(s) Impacted Date of Coordination Chair/Coordinator Contacted
1. 2. 3.
Initiator Name (typed): Heidi Mannion Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________
13b. Coordination Email Date: 01/27/12 submitted to Faculty Listserv: ([email protected])
13c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date: 02/08/12
14. General Education Requirement Oral Communication Written Communication Quantitative Skills Humanities
Mark appropriate box: Fine Arts Social Sciences Natural Sciences Integrative Capstone
15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Applies basic research techniques and quality assessment principles to address a quality care issue.
16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) Minimum grade of C in: [MEDT A302 and (MEDT A401 or concurrent enrollment)].
16b. Test Score(s) N/A
16c. Co-requisite(s) (concurrent enrollment required) N/A
16d. Other Restriction(s)
College Major Class Level
16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) Departmental Approval
17. Mark if course has fees 18. Mark if course is a selected topic course
19. Justification for Action Title has been changed to reflect the change in degree name and the forms are being edited to reflect organizational changes.
__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Heidi Mannion Initiator (TYPE NAME)
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Dean/Director of School/College Date
Approved
Disapproved
______________________________________ __________ Department Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Undergraduate/Graduate Academic Date Board Chairperson
Approved
Disapproved
_____________________________________ ___________ Curriculum Committee Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Provost or Designee Date
Course Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage
Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Course
63
University of Alaska Anchorage College of Health
Course Content Guide Department: MEDT: Medical Laboratory Science Date: January 27, 2012 Course Number: MEDT A402 Course Title: Medical Laboratory Science Honors: Quality Assessment Project Credits: 3 credits I. Course Description
Applies basic research techniques and quality assessment principles to address a quality care issue.
II. Course Design A. Designed for students who have applied to graduate with departmental honors in
medical laboratory science. B. Total time of student involvement: 135 hours
1) Presentations and Reading Assignments-30 hours 2) Research at Clinical facility-60 hours 3) Writing Report and Creating Poster-45 hours
C. Not required for any degree or certificate. D. No special fees. E. Course level justification: Requires use of research techniques and application of
quality assessment principles taught in prior or concurrent MEDT courses to develop and evaluate a plan for improving a quality care issue.
III. Course Activities Students will engage in research at a clinical facility. Presentations and reading assignments will provide students with the knowledge and tools necessary to complete the project. IV. Course Prerequisites
A. Minimum grade of C in: [MEDT A302 and (MEDT A401 or concurrent enrollment)].
B. Registration Restrictions: Departmental Approval.
V. Course Evaluation A. Grading is Pass/No Pass. B. Grades are based on written report and poster. C. Specific grading criteria will be discussed in the beginning of the course.
VI. Course Outline
1.0 Identify a Quality Care Issue 2.0 Describe the Current Process 3.0 Perform Root Cause Analysis and Generate a Solution 4.0 Utilize Plan-Do-Study-Act (PDSA) Cycle 5.0 Write Report and Create Poster to Disseminate Knowledge
64
VII. Recommended Text None
VIII. Bibliography
*Institute of Medicine (U.S.) Committee on Quality of Health Care in America. (2001). Crossing the quality chasm: A new health system for the 21st century. Washington, DC: National Academies Press.
Kenney, C. (2008). The best practice: How the new quality movement is
transforming medicine. New York, NY: Public Affairs. Langley, G. L., Nolan, K. M., Nolan, T. W., Norman, C. L., & Provost, L. P.
(2009). The improvement guide: A practical approach to enhancing organizational performance. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
*Munro, B. H. (2005). Statistical methods for health care research (5th ed).
Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott. Polit, D. F., & Beck, C. T. (2008). Nursing research: Principles and methods (8th ed.). Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott. *Ransom, S. B., Joshi, M., & Nash, D. (2004). The healthcare quality book:
Vision, strategy and tools. Chicago, IL: Health Administration Press.
IX. Instructional Goals, Student Outcomes and Assessment Methods A. Instructional Goals:
Provide students with the knowledge and skills to identify a problem; perform root cause analysis; and generate a solution to a quality healthcare issue.
B. Student Outcomes and Assessment Methods: Student Outcomes After successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
Assessment Methods To be assessed by one or more of the following:
1. Identify a quality healthcare issue. Report
2. Perform root cause analysis on the quality
healthcare issue identified.
Report
3. Generate a solution to the quality healthcare issue
identified.
Report
4. Disseminate knowledge gained from study. Poster
65
1a. School or College CH College of Health
1b. Division AHLS Division of Health Safety
1c. Department Medical Laboratory Science
2. Course Prefix
MEDT
3. Course Number
A495
4. Previous Course Prefix & Number
N/A
5a. Credits/CEUs
12 credits
5b. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (0+36)
6. Complete Course Title Medical Laboratory Science Practicum Med Lab Science Practicum Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
7. Type of Course Academic Preparatory/Development Non-credit CEU Professional Development
8. Type of Action: Add or Change or Delete If a change, mark appropriate boxes:
Prefix Course Number Credits Contact Hours Title Repeat Status Grading Basis Cross-Listed/Stacked Course Description Course Prerequisites Test Score Prerequisites Co-requisites Other Restrictions Registration Restrictions Class Level College Major Other Outline and Outcomes (please specify)
9. Repeat Status Yes # of Repeats 1 Max Credits 24
10. Grading Basis A-F P/NP NG
11. Implementation Date semester/year From: Fall/2012 To: /9999
12. Cross Listed with N/A Stacked with N/A Cross-Listed Coordination Signature
13a. Impacted Courses or Programs: List any programs or college requirements that require this course.
Please type into fields provided in table. If more than three entries, submit a separate table. A template is available at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance. Impacted Program/Course Catalog Page(s) Impacted Date of Coordination Chair/Coordinator Contacted
1. BS Medical Technology 216 01/27/12 Heidi Mannion 2. 3.
Initiator Name (typed): Heidi Mannion Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________
13b. Coordination Email Date: 01/27/12 submitted to Faculty Listserv: ([email protected])
13c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date: 02/08/12
14. General Education Requirement Oral Communication Written Communication Quantitative Skills Humanities
Mark appropriate box: Fine Arts Social Sciences Natural Sciences Integrative Capstone
15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words) Integrates knowledge and applies skills acquired in medical laboratory science (MEDT) courses to laboratory testing at a clinical facility. Supervised by UAA faculty and clinical laboratory personnel.
16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number) Minimum grade of C in: [MEDT A202 and MEDT A204 and MEDT A206 and MEDT A208 and MEDT A301 and MEDT A303].
16b. Test Score(s) N/A
16c. Co-requisite(s) (concurrent enrollment required) N/A
16d. Other Restriction(s)
College Major Class Level
16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable) Departmental Approval
17. Mark if course has fees 18. Mark if course is a selected topic course
19. Justification for Action Curriculum is being updated for currency and forms are being edited to reflect organizational changes. Course has been redesigned to reduce the number of weeks students spend at clinical facilities which will allow increased enrollment in the program.
__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Heidi Mannion Initiator (TYPE NAME)
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Dean/Director of School/College Date
Approved
Disapproved
______________________________________ __________ Department Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Undergraduate/Graduate Academic Date Board Chairperson
Approved
Disapproved
_____________________________________ ___________ Curriculum Committee Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Provost or Designee Date
Course Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage
Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Course
66
University of Alaska Anchorage College of Health
Course Content Guide Department: MEDT: Medical Laboratory Science Date: January 27, 2012 Course Number: MEDT A495 Course Title: Medical Laboratory Science Practicum Credits: 12 credits I. Course Description
Integrates knowledge and applies skills acquired in medical laboratory science (MEDT) courses to laboratory testing in a clinical setting. Supervised by UAA faculty and clinical laboratory personnel.
II. Course Design A. Designed for medical laboratory science students in their final semesters of the
degree program. B. Total time of student involvement: 540 hours.
1) Training at clinical facilities and Advanced Blood Banking and Core Labs on campus-480 hours.
2) Completing online tutorials, reviewing course material and taking computerized exams-60 hours.
C. Required for a Bachelor of Science Degree in Medical Laboratory Science. D. Special fees are assessed to cover the cost of laboratory consumables, site license for
tutorials and documentation material for clinical facilities. E. Time frame varies depending on clinical rotations and facilities. F. Course level justification: Application of knowledge and skills learned in 100-300
level MEDT courses. III. Course Activities
Observation, performance, interpretation and evaluation of tests under the supervision of the laboratory staff at the clinical facilities and UAA faculty in the Medical Laboratory Science Department. Students will be assigned a combination of rotations from the course outline equivalent to 480 hours of clinical training.
IV. Course Prerequisites
A. Prerequisites- Minimum grade of C in: [MEDT A202 and MEDT A204 and MEDT A206 and MEDT A208 and MEDT A301 and MEDT A303].
B. Registration Restrictions- Department approval. V. Course Evaluation
A. Grading is A-F. B. Based on core abilities, task performances, computerized exams, online
competencies, training modules and case studies. C. Specific grading criteria will be discussed in the beginning of the course.
67
VI. Course Outline 1.0 Clinical Facility Orientation and Safety-12 hours 2.0 Mycology Lab-40 hours
2.1 Specimen Collection, Processing and Culture Setup 2.2 Direct Examination 2.3 Identification of Significant Fungal Pathogens
3.0 Advanced Blood Bank Lab-80 hours 3.1 Quality Control in Transfusion Services 3.2 Resolving ABO Discrepancies 3.3 Antibody Identification 3.4 Compatibility Testing 3.5 Special Techniques 3.6 Human Leukocyte Antigen System 3.7 Medicolegal and Ethical Aspects of Blood Banking 3.8 Transfusion in Transplantation 3.9 Information Systems in Transfusion Services 3.10 Blood Utilization
4.0 Phlebotomy, Processing, Receiving and Referral Lab Testing Rotation-140 hours 4.1 Manual and Computerized Order Entry 4.2 Specimen Collection by Venipuncture, Capillary Puncture and Special
Collection Techniques 4.3 Specimen Transport 4.4 Processing Blood Specimens 4.5 Processing Non-blood Specimens 4.6 Handling and Shipping Specimens for Referral Lab Testing
5.0 Core Lab Rotation-Routine Testing and Quality Assurance-200 hours 5.1 Urinalysis 5.2 Hematology 5.3 Coagulation 5.4 Clinical Chemistry 5.5 Serology
6.0 Advanced Core Lab-80 hours 6.1 Quality Management Functions
6.1.1 Quality Control 6.1.2 Method Validation
6.2 Clinical Correlation and Decision Making 6.2.1 Method Investigation 6.2.2 Case Studies
6.3 Instrumentation 6.3.1 Troubleshooting 6.3.2 Maintenance 6.3.3 Adjustments 6.3.4 Chromatography
6.4 Analytical Techniques 6.4.1 Body Fluid Cell Counts and Chemical Analysis 6.4.2 Leukocyte Alkaline Phosphatase Stain 6.4.3 Antinuclear Antibody Testing 6.4.4 Flow Cytometry 6.4.5 Dilution Competency
6.5 Regulatory Compliance
68
7.0 Microbiology Rotation-160 hours 7.1 Specimen Processing and Culture Setup 7.2 Stained and Unstained Direct Exams 7.3 Identification of Significant Pathogens in Culture 7.4 Appropriate Susceptibility Testing of Pathogens 7.5 Rapid Antigen Testing by Immunoassay 7.6 Emerging Diagnostics
8.0 Transfusion Services Rotation-120 hours 8.1 Maintenance and Quality Control Procedures 8.2 Inventory Management 8.3 Component Selection, Preparation, and Issuing 8.4 Routine and Special Techniques in Compatibility Testing 8.5 Transfusion Reactions Procedures
9.0 Blood Bank of Alaska Rotation-32 hours 9.1 Screening of Allogenic Donors 9.2 Donor Testing 9.3 Preparation and Storage of Blood Products 9.4 Shipping of Blood Products to Transfusion Centers
10.0 State Public Health Lab Rotation-96 hours 10.1 Molecular Methods for Diagnosing and Monitoring Infectious Diseases 10.2 Analytical Toxicology 10.3 Parasitology
10.3.1 Specimen Collection, Processing and Staining 10.3.2 Microscopic Exam of Concentrated and Stained Specimens
10.4 Mycobacteriology 10.4.1 Specimen Collection, Processing, Staining and Culture Setup 10.4.2 Microscopic Exam of Fluorochrome Stained Smears 10.4.3 Identification and Susceptibility Testing
10.5 Serologic Identification of Enteric Pathogens 10.6 Serologic Confirmation of Syphilis
VII. Recommended Text
None
VIII. References Ciulla, A. P., & Lehman, D. C. (2010). Success in clinical laboratory science (4th ed.).
Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson. Roback, J. D., Grossman, B. J., Harris, T., & Hillyer, C. D. (Eds.). (2011). Technical
manual (17th ed.). Bethesda, MD: AABB. Tanabe, P. A., & Holladay, E. B. (2009). BOC study guide: Clinical laboratory
certification exam. (5th ed.). Hong Kong: ASCP. Willis, W., & Wians, F. (2011). ASCP caseset laboratory medicine. China: ASCP.
IX. Instructional Goals, Student Outcomes, and Assessment Methods
A. Instructional Goal: The instructors will provide students with entry-level competencies as medical laboratory scientists through integration of theory and application of laboratory skills
69
acquired in the medical laboratory science courses to patient testing in the clinical laboratory.
B. Student Outcomes and Assessment Methods
Student Outcomes After successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
Assessment Methods To be assessed by one or more of the following:
1. Use appropriate safety procedures including Biosafety Levels (BSL) 2 and 3.
Task performance checklist for phlebotomy and processing and the Alaska State Public Health Lab rotations Core abilities assessment Online competencies Training modules
2. Demonstrate professional behavior including sound work ethics, cultural responsiveness and appearance while interacting with patients and healthcare professionals.
Task performance checklist for phlebotomy and processing rotations Core abilities assessment
3. Engage in appropriate consultative interactions with other members of the healthcare team.
Observation during simulations Core abilities assessment
4. Report test results according to accepted practices for routine, emergency and critical values.
Task performance checklists
5. Perform preventive and corrective maintenance of equipment and instruments.
Task performance checklists
6. Perform calibrations and quality control procedures.
Task performance checklists
7. Evaluate quality control and quality assessment data and institute proper procedures to maintain accuracy and precision.
Task performance checklists Online competencies
8. Perform patient testing and confirm abnormal results.
Task performance checklist for core lab rotation
9. Integrate and relate data generated by various clinical laboratory departments and determine if discrepancies exist.
Case studies Computerized exams
10. Describe the preparation, testing, storage and shipping of blood products.
Task performance checklist for the Blood Bank of Alaska rotation Computerized exams
11. Select and perform appropriate identification procedures and susceptibility testing of bacterial, mycobacteria, fungal, and parasitic pathogens from original specimen or culture.
Task performance checklist for microbiology, mycology, and the State Public Health Lab rotations
12. Discuss epidemiological significance of testing performed at a Public Health Laboratory.
Task performance checklist for the State Public Health Lab rotation.
13. Select and process appropriate blood components for patient therapy.
Task performance checklist for the advanced blood bank lab and transfusion services rotations.
14. Perform routine and special techniques in compatibility testing resolving any discrepancies.
Task performance checklist for advanced blood bank lab and transfusion services rotations.
70
Date: 2/2/12
From: Elizabeth Campbell & Gail Holtzman
To: COH Curriculum Committee & UAB
RE: Memo to accompany the catalogue changes and PAR for the Bachelor of Science, Nursing Science Registered Nurse Option (NS A408 and NS A408L)
NS A408 and NS A 408L are being removed as required nursing courses and are being added to course credits, changing the total from 26.5 to 30.5. This change is being made to Bachelor of Science, Nursing Science Registered Nurse Option program in order to accommodate and account for the educational and professional experiences of the registered nurses returning to pursue a BS degree.
Currently in catalogue:
RN Licensure Credit An accepted, degree-seeking UAA nursing student who has successfully passed the National Council Licensing Examination (NCLEX) and has current RN licensure in the state of Alaska may be granted the following UAA course credits (26.5 credits- 30.5 credits) upon admission to the nursing major: NS A216 Pathophysiology 4 NS A309 Pharmacology in Nursing 3 NS A303 Foundations of Nursing II 3 NS A303L Foundations of Nursing II Lab 5 NS A313 Health Disruptions I 3 NS A313L Health Disruptions I Lab 3 NS A401 Health Disruptions II 3 NS A401L Health Disruptions II Lab 2.5 NS A408 Complex Health Disruptions: Nursing Therapeutics 2 NS A408L Complex Health Disruptions: Nursing Therapeutics Lab 2 An administrative fee will be charged for these credits. To receive credits, the student must complete the appropriate form with a nursing advisor. Contact the School of Nursing (907) 786-4550 for further information. 2. Nursing courses for academic credit: Complete the following
71
required nursing courses within the Nursing Science major (34 credits). Courses marked with an asterisk (*) must be completed with a grade of C or better prior to admission to 400-level clinical nursing courses. *NS A205 Nursing Informatics 3 *NS A305 Health Assessment of Individuals 2 *NS A305L Health Assessment of Individuals Laboratory 1 *NS A308 Dimensions of Professional Nursing Practice 3 *NS A314 Health I for Registered Nurses 2 *NS A314L Health I for Registered Nurses Laboratory 2 NS A400 Nursing Research 3 NS A408 Complex Health Disruptions: Nursing Therapeutics 2 NS A408L Complex Health Disruptions: Nursing Therapeutics Lab 2 NS A411 Health II: Nursing Therapeutics 3 NS A411L Health II: Nursing Therapeutics Lab 3 NS A417 Management in Nursing 3 Nursing electives (upper division) 6
72
1a. School or College CH College of Health
1b. Division ADSN Division of Nursing
1c. Department Nursing
2. Course Prefix
NS
3. Course Number
A408
4. Previous Course Prefix & Number
NA
5a. Credits/CEUs
2
5b. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (2+0)
6. Complete Course Title Complex Health Disruptions: Nursing Therapeutics Cmplx Hlth Disrup: Nsg Ther Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
7. Type of Course Academic Preparatory/Development Non-credit CEU Professional Development
8. Type of Action: Add or Change or Delete If a change, mark appropriate boxes:
Prefix Course Number Credits Contact Hours Title Repeat Status Grading Basis Cross-Listed/Stacked Course Description Course Prerequisites Test Score Prerequisites Co-requisites Other Restrictions Registration Restrictions Class Level College Major Other (please specify)
9. Repeat Status choose one # of Repeats 0 Max Credits 2
10. Grading Basis A-F P/NP NG
11. Implementation Date semester/year From: Summer/2012 To: /
12. Cross Listed with Stacked with Cross-Listed Coordination Signature
13a. Impacted Courses or Programs: List any programs or college requirements that require this course.
Please type into fields provided in table. If more than three entries, submit a separate table. A template is available at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance. Impacted Program/Course Catalog Page(s) Impacted Date of Coordination Chair/Coordinator Contacted
1. Bachelor of Science, Nursing Science Registered Nurse Option
163-164 1/15/12 Prof. Elzabeth Campbelli
2. 3.
Initiator Name (typed): Gail Holtzman Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________
13b. Coordination Email Date: 10/5/2011 submitted to Faculty Listserv: ([email protected])
13c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date: 1/15/12
14. General Education Requirement Oral Communication Written Communication Quantitative Skills Humanities
Mark appropriate box: Fine Arts Social Sciences Natural Sciences Integrative Capstone
15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words)
16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number)
16b. Test Score(s)
16c. Co-requisite(s) (concurrent enrollment required)
16d. Other Restriction(s)
College Major Class Level
16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable)
17. Mark if course has fees 18. Mark if course is a selected topic course
19. Justification for Action Students eligible for the RN-BS track had in their original program the advanced medical-surgical content and clinical experience presented in NSA408 & NSA408L. Deletion of these courses will give them credit for prior learning. RN-BS students will be granted course credit for NSA406 & NSA406L which are the equivalent courses in the generic BS track.
__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Gail Holtzman Initiator (TYPE NAME)
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Dean/Director of School/College Date
Approved
Disapproved
______________________________________ __________ Department Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Undergraduate/Graduate Academic Date Board Chairperson
Approved
Disapproved
_____________________________________ ___________ Curriculum Committee Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Provost or Designee Date
Course Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage
Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Course
73
1a. School or College CH College of Health
1b. Division ADSN Division of Nursing
1c. Department Nursing
2. Course Prefix
NS
3. Course Number
A408L
4. Previous Course Prefix & Number
NA
5a. Credits/CEUs
2
5b. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (2+0)
6. Complete Course Title Complex Health Disruptions Lab: Nursing Therapeutics Cmplx Hlth Disrup Lab: Nsg Th Abbreviated Title for Transcript (30 character)
7. Type of Course Academic Preparatory/Development Non-credit CEU Professional Development
8. Type of Action: Add or Change or Delete If a change, mark appropriate boxes:
Prefix Course Number Credits Contact Hours Title Repeat Status Grading Basis Cross-Listed/Stacked Course Description Course Prerequisites Test Score Prerequisites Co-requisites Other Restrictions Registration Restrictions Class Level College Major Other (please specify)
9. Repeat Status choose one # of Repeats Max Credits
10. Grading Basis A-F P/NP NG
11. Implementation Date semester/year From: Summer /2012 To: /
12. Cross Listed with Stacked with Cross-Listed Coordination Signature
13a. Impacted Courses or Programs: List any programs or college requirements that require this course.
Please type into fields provided in table. If more than three entries, submit a separate table. A template is available at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance. Impacted Program/Course Catalog Page(s) Impacted Date of Coordination Chair/Coordinator Contacted
1. Bachelor of Science, Nursing Science Registered Nurse Option
163-164 1/15/12 Prof. EElizabeth Campbell
2. 3.
Initiator Name (typed): Gail Holtzman Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________
13b. Coordination Email Date: 10/05/2011 submitted to Faculty Listserv: ([email protected])
13c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date: 1/15/12
14. General Education Requirement Oral Communication Written Communication Quantitative Skills Humanities
Mark appropriate box: Fine Arts Social Sciences Natural Sciences Integrative Capstone
15. Course Description (suggested length 20 to 50 words)
16a. Course Prerequisite(s) (list prefix and number)
16b. Test Score(s)
16c. Co-requisite(s) (concurrent enrollment required)
16d. Other Restriction(s)
College Major Class Level
16e. Registration Restriction(s) (non-codable)
17. Mark if course has fees 18. Mark if course is a selected topic course
19. Justification for Action Students eligible for the RN-BS track had in their original program the advanced medical-surgical content and clinical experience presented in NSA408 & NSA408L. Deletion of these courses will give them credit for prior learning. RN-BS students will be granted course credit for NSA406 & NSA406L which are the equivalent courses in the generic BS track.
__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Gail Holtzman Initiator (TYPE NAME)
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Dean/Director of School/College Date
Approved
Disapproved
______________________________________ __________ Department Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Undergraduate/Graduate Academic Date Board Chairperson
Approved
Disapproved
_____________________________________ ___________ Curriculum Committee Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Provost or Designee Date
Course Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage
Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Course
74
1a. S C
2. Co
NS6. Com Intr IntroAbbrevia
7. Typ
8. Typ If a cha
13a. Im
Please
1. 2. 3.
Initiato
13b. C s
14. G
15. C Pin relathe co
16a. C GP in NS
16d. O
17.
19. Ju Scours
_______ Initiator
Angeli
Appr
Disa
Appr
Disa
chool or CollegeCH College of H
urse Prefix
S mplete Course Troduction to Foo Forensic Nursiated Title for Transcrip
pe of Course
pe of Action:
ange, mark appropr
Prefix Credits Title Grading Basis Course Descrip Test Score Pre Other Restrictio
Class College
Other (p
mpacted Course
type into fields pro
Impacted P
or Name (typed):
Coordination Emasubmitted to Faculty
General EducatioMark ap
Course DescriptioProvides an oveation to victim aollaborative and
Course PrerequisGrade of C or higheS A313L & NS A31
Other Restriction
College
Mark if cours
ustification for AcStudents have se has been off
________________r (faculty only)
a Trujillo, DNP
roved
approved
________ Departm
roved
approved
________ Curricul
e Health
3. Course Num
A442 itle
orensic Nursingng pt (30 character)
Acad
Add or
riate boxes:
ption requisites
ons Level Major lease specify)
s or Programs:
ovided in table. If m
Program/Course
Angelia Trujillo,
ail Date: 1y Listserv: (uaa-fac
on Requirement ppropriate box:
on (suggested leng
erview of forenand/or perpetrad multidisciplin
site(s) (list prefix aer in NS A313 & NS5L
(s)
Major Clas
se has fees
ction requested this fered three time
_______________
P, MS, RN Initiator (TY
________________ment Chairperson
________________lum Committee Ch
1b. Divis ADS
mber 4. Previo
NS A
g
demic Pr
Change o
Course Number Contact Hours Repeat Status Cross-Listed/Stac Course Prerequis Co-requisites Registration Rest
List any program
more than three entr
Cat
DNP, MS, RN
1/9/2012 [email protected]
gth 20 to 50 words)
nsic nursing. Stator populationary role of this
and number) S A315 and
ss Level
coursework ases as a NS 494
_______________
PE NAME)
________________
_______________ airperson
Proposa
sion SN Division of N
ous Course Prefi
A494
reparatory/Develop
or Delete
cked sites
rictions
ms or college requ
ries, submit a sepa
talog Page(s) Impa
ska.edu)
Oral Communication
Fine Arts
) tudents will exps. Through discspecialty.
16b. Test Sc N/A
16e. Registra or RN l
18. Mark
s the specialty 4 course.
___________ Date
_ __________ Date
___________ Date
CouUnivers
al to Initiate
Nursing
ix & Number
pment N
9. Repeat S
10. Grading
11. Impleme From: 5
12. Cros
Stac
uirements that re
arate table. A temp
cted Date of C
13c. Coordin
Written Com
Social Scien
plore the etiologcussion and re
core(s)
ation Restriction(icensure in the S
k if course is a se
of forensic nurs
Approved
Disapproved
Approved
Disapproved
Approved
Disapproved
urse Action ity of Alask, Add, Cha
5a. Credits/CEU
3
Non-credit
Status No # o
Basis A
entation Date sem
5/2012
ss Listed with N/
cked with N/
equire this course
plate is available at
Coordination
Initiator Si
nation with Librar
mmunication nces
gy of interpersoesearch strateg
16c. Co-r N/A
(s) (non-codable)State of Alaska
elected topic cou
rsing has gaine
d
______________ Dean/Director
d
_____________ Undergraduate Board Chairpe
d
_____________ Provost or Des
Request ka Anchoragnge, or Del
1c.
Us 5b.
CEU
of Repeats
A-F P/NP
mester/year To: --/9999
/A
/A
e.
www.uaa.alaska.e
Chair/C
igned Initials: ____
ry Liaison D
Quantitative Skills Natural Sciences
onal violence, gies, students w
requisite(s) (concA
e)
urse
ed recognition i
_______________of School/College
________________e/Graduate Academerson
_______________signee
ge lete a Cour
Department NS
. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) (3+0)
Professional De
Max Credit
NG
Cross-Listed Coordina
edu/governance. Coordinator Contac
______ Date:_
Date: 1/9/2012
Humanities
Integrative C
intentional injuwill develop und
urrent enrollment r
n the nursing p
________________
________________mic
________________
rse
evelopment
ts
ation Signature
cted
________________
Capstone
ry and trauma derstanding of
required)
profession. This
________________ Date
________________ Date
________________ Date
_
s
_ e
__ e
__e
75
University of Alaska Anchorage College of Health
Course Content Guide
I. Date of Initiation: Nov 2011 II. Curriculum Action Request
A. School: College of Health B. Course Subject: NS C. Course Number: A442 D. Number of Credits: 3 E. Contact Hours: 3+0 F. Course Program: Bachelor of Science, Nursing Science G. Course Title: Introduction to Forensic Nursing H. Grading Basis: A-F I. Implementation Date: Summer 2012 J. Cross-listed/Stacked: N/A K. Course Description: Provide an overview of forensic
nursing. Students will explore the etiology of interpersonal violence, intentional injury and trauma in relation to victim and/or perpetrator populations. Through discussion and research strategies, students will develop understanding of the collaborative and multidisciplinary role of this specialty.
L. Course Prerequisites: Grade of C or higher in NS A313 & NS A315 and P in NS A313L & NS A315L
M. Test Scores: N/A N. Course Co-requisites: or RN licensure in the State of Alaska O. Other Restrictions: N/A P. Registration Restrictions: N/A Q. Course Fees: TBD
III. Instructional Goals and Student Outcomes A. The instructor will:
1. Provide an overview of the field of forensic nursing, incorporating the intersection of nursing and law with forensic principles
2. Expand awareness of the scope and prevalence of interpersonal violence, injury and traumatic events in society and their impact on the health of populations
3. Explore the roles, principles and philosophy of forensic nursing as applicable to general, specialized and advanced practice settings
4. Guide students in developing the knowledge and skills for appropriate prevention and intervention strategies for victims and/or perpetrators of crime and/or traumatic events
B. Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to:
76
Outcomes and Assessment Measures Outcomes Measures
1. Explain the role of the forensic nurse as a collaborative and multidisciplinary professional in criminal justice, public health and psychosocial services
Discussion board submissions Written case study analysis Reflective analysis paper Computer-aided virtual lab
2. Describe the scope, prevalence and incidence of interpersonal violence, crime, injury and trauma in society
Community mapping activities Discussion board submissions Computer-aided virtual lab
3. Discuss the role of culture, gender, power and control in the continuum of violence and injury and its impact on the health of populations
Discussion board submissions Written case study analysis Reflective analysis paper
4. Analyze the role of the nurse in the screening, assessment and planning for care of victims and/or perpetrators of crime and/or traumatic events
Discussion board submissions Written case study analysis Reflective analysis paper Computer-aided virtual lab
5. Employ the principles of prevention in the formation of appropriate interventions at the local, state and national level.
Discussion board submissions Written case study analysis Reflective analysis paper Computer-aided virtual lab
IV. Course Level Justification
This is an elective course in the Bachelor of Science, Nursing Science program. As an elective course, it is designed to build upon and provide greater depth of content, expand critical thinking skills, and utilize research findings in the planning and provision of care.
V. Topical Course Outline
A. Introduction to forensic nursing a. Forensic nursing principles b. Criminal justice c. Psychosocial services d. Legal system overview
B. Epidemiology of interpersonal violence, trauma and intentional injury i. Epidemiology of injuries related to violence/trauma
ii. Scope iii. Incidence iv. Prevalence
b. Etiology of victims and perpetrators C. Dynamics of IPV, trauma and intentional injury of victims and/or perpetrators
a. Power & control b. Gender c. Socio-cultural
77
D. Interventions with forensic nursing populations a. Screening and assessment b. Documentation c. Evidence
E. Dimensions of care related to IPV, trauma and intentional injury across the lifespan
a. Violence i. Sexual assault
ii. Domestic violence b. Criminal activity
i. Sex trafficking ii. Homicide
iii. Suicide c. Civil wrongs
i. Motor vehicle accidents ii. Terrorism
d. Mass trauma events F. Application of forensic nursing principles
a. General nursing practice i. Acute care
ii. Community health b. Specialized practice/advanced practice
i. Sexual assault ii. Child abuse
iii. Psychological services iv. Death investigation v. Corrections
vi. Legal consultants c. Professional nursing practice
i. Ethics ii. Scope of practice
iii. Professional activities G. Application of forensic nursing principles to prevention activities
a. Prevention at the individual, community and system level i. Primary
ii. Secondary iii. Tertiary
b. Resources i. Local
ii. State iii. National
78
VI. Suggested Texts Hammer, R. M., Moynihan, B., & Pagliaro, E. M. (2013). Forensic nursing: A
handbook for practice. (2nd ed. ). Sudbury, MA: Jones & Bartlett.
VII. Bibliography Acierno, R., Hernandez, M. A., Amstadter, A. B., Resnick, H. S., Steve, K., Muzzy,
W., & Kilpatrick, D.G. (2009). Prevalence and correlates of emotional, physical, sexual and financial abuse and potential neglect in the United States: The National Elder Mistreatment Study. American Journal of Public Health, 100, 292-297.
Banyard, V. L., Plante, E. G., & Moynihan, M. M. (2004). Bystander education:
Bringing a broader community perspective to sexual violence prevention. Journal of Community Psychology, 32(1), 61-79.
Camphina-Bacote, J. (2002). The process of cultural competence in the delivery of
healthcare services: A model of care. Journal of Transcultural Nursing, 13(3), 181-184.
Dube, S. R., Felitti, V. J., Dong, M., Chapman, D. P., Giles, W. H., & Anda, R. F.
(2003). Childhood abuse, neglect, and household dysfunction and the risk of illicit drug use: The Adverse Childhood Experiences Study. Pediatrics, 111(3), 564-572.
Ellsberg, M., & Heise, L. L. (2005). Researching violence against women: A
practical guide for researchers and activists. Retrieved from http://www.who.int/gender/en
Elwood, L. S., & et al. (2011). Predictors of rape: Findings from the National Survey
of Adolescents. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 24, 166-173. Gielen, A. C., Sleet, D. A., & DiClemente, R. J. (Eds.). (2006). Injury and violence
prevention: Behavioral science theories, methods and applications. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Hammer, R. M., Moynihan, B., & Pagliaro, E. M. (2013). Forensic nursing: A
handbook for practice. (2nd ed. ). Sudbury, MA: Jones & Bartlett. Lin, J. D., Lin, L. P., Lin, P. Y., Wu, J. L., Li, C. D., & Kuo, F.Y. (2010). Domestic
violence against people with disabilities: Prevalence and trend analyses. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 31, 1264-1268. doi: 10.1016/j.ridd.2010.07.018
Lynch, V. (2006). Forensic nursing. St. Louis, MO: Mosby-Elsevier. Office on Violence Against Women. (2004). A national protocol for sexual assault
medical examinations: Adult/Adolescents. Retrieved from http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ovw/206554.pdf.
79
Pyrek, K. (2006). Forensic nursing. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press. Renzetti, C. M., Edleson, J. L., & Bergen, R. K. (Eds.). (2001). Sourcebook on
violence against women. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Rivara, F. P. (2001). An overview of injury research. In F. P. Rivara, P. Cummings,
T. D. Koepsell, D. C. Grossman & R. V. Maier (Eds.), Injury control: A guide to research and program evaluation (pp. 1-14). New York: Cambridge University Press
Sharon, R. (2006). Population health as a framework for forensic nursing curriculum.
Journal of Forensic Nursing, 2(1), 33. State of Alaska, Department of Health & Social Services. (2002). Healthy Alaskans
2010: Targets and strategies for improved health. Retrieved from http://www.hss.state.ak.us/dph/targets/ha2010/PDFs/Vol_1_cover.pdf.
Tjaden, P., & Thoennes, N. (1998). Prevalence, incidence, and consequences of
violence against women: findings from the National Violence Against Women Survey. [Electronic Version]. Retrieved from https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles/172837.pdf
US Department of Health & Human Services. (2011). Healthy People 2020.
Retrieved from http://www.healthypeople.gov
80
1a. School or College
CH College of Health
1b. Division
ADSN Division of Nursing
1c. Department
Nursing
2. Complete Program Title/Prefix
Bachelor of Science, Nursing Science Registered Nurse Option
3. Type of Program Choose one from the appropriate drop down menu: Undergraduate: or Graduate: Bachelor of Science CHOOSE ONE
4. Type of Action: PROGRAM PREFIX
Add Add
Change Change
Delete Inactivate
5. Implementation Date (semester/year)
From: Fall/2012 To: /9999
6a. Coordination with Affected Units Department, School, or College: NA
Initiator Name (typed): Gail Holtzman Initiator Signed Initials: _________
Date:________________
6b. Coordination Email submitted to Faculty Listserv ([email protected]) Date: 2/1/12
6c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date: 2/1/12
7. Title and Program Description - Please attach the following:
Cover Memo Catalog Copy in Word using the track changes function
8. Justification for Action
The deletion of NSA408 & NSA408L and the addition of credit for prior learning for NSA406 & NSA406L
requires clarification in the catalog as well a minor change in the request for references.
__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date
Gail Holtzman Initiator (TYPE NAME)
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Dean/Director of School/College Date
Approved
Disapproved
______________________________________ __________ Department Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Undergraduate/Graduate Academic Date Board Chairperson
Approved
Disapproved
_____________________________________ ___________ Curriculum Committee Chairperson Date
Approved
Disapproved
__________________________________________________________ Provost or Designee Date
Program/Prefix Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage
Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Program of Study or Prefix
81
Registered Nurse Option For students who hold current licensure as a Registered Professional Nurse in the state of Alaska, the school offers “RN-only” courses and sections within the nursing major designed to build upon the RN’s basic preparation and experience and to facilitate progress in meeting program objectives. Previous college credits are evaluated for comparability to established requirements within the program and may be accepted for transfer; in addition, credit by examination is available to satisfy some General Education Requirements. Additional information is available upon request. Admission Requirements Registered nurses returning to complete the baccalaureate degree in Nursing Science must successfully complete the same academic prerequisites as basic students. Students who apply to the baccalaureate nursing major and who qualify for admission to baccalaureate study are admitted as pre-nursing majors. Admission as a pre-nursing major does not guarantee admission to the nursing program. Registered Nurses must apply for admission to the nursing major during the semester in which they are completing the final prerequisites for NS A204. The deadlines for RN admission are twice a year on November 1 and March 1 for the following summer. Formal admission to the nursing program is based on the registered nurse’s relative standing on the following minimum requirements: 1. UAA Certificate of Admission and transcript evaluations from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Current licensure as a Registered Professional Nurse in the state of Alaska. 3. A current Plan of Study signed by a nursing advisor and the RN student on file with the School of Nursing and Health Sciences. The student may call (907)786-4550 to set up an advising session. 4. An extracted minimum grade point average of 2.00. The grade point average will be calculated using grades from all courses which are required for the nursing major that have been completed at the time of application to the major. 5. A grade of C or better in all specified courses required for the nursing major. 6. Completion of or credit for specified prerequisite courses (17 credits): BIOL A111 Human Anatomy and Physiology I - 4 CHEM A103/L Survey of Chemistry with Laboratory - 4 ENGL A111 Methods of Written Communication - 3 COMM A111, ENGL A120, PHIL A101, PHIL A201, or PSY A150 - 3 General Education Requirement - 3 For students not required to take ENGL A111, another English composition course will be substituted. For transfer students, grades from equivalent courses will be substituted. 7. Enrollment in, or credit for, BIOL A112 Human Anatomy and Physiology II - 4 CHEM A104/L Introduction to Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry with Laboratory - 4 ENGL A120, PHIL A101, or PHIL A201- 3 ENGL A213 Writing in the Social and Natural Sciences - 3 at the time of application to the major, on achieving a C in the specified courses for the major that are in progress when admission is sought (i.e., CHEM A104/L, BIOL A112), and on maintaining
82
a minimum 2.00 grade point average until beginning nursing courses. 8. A School of Nursing and Health Sciences application on file in the school. 9. Three letters of reference, two of which must be a professional reference. Registered Nurse students not formally admitted by UAA as a baccalaureate seeking student in the nursing program or admitted as pre-nursing majors are eligible to take the following courses: Nursing electives for which prerequisites have been met. RN Clinical Requirements See Clinical Requirements under the Basic Student Option. RN Academic Progress See Academic Progress under the Basic Student Option. Graduation Requirements Students must complete the following graduation requirements: General University Requirements Complete the General University Requirements for All Baccalaureate Degrees listed at the beginning of this chapter. General Education Requirements Complete the General Education Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees listed at the beginning of this chapter. In the Nursing program, some required prerequisite courses fulfill general education requirements. Major Requirements 1. Support Courses: Complete support courses for the Nursing Science major (44 credits). All support courses must be completed with a grade of C or better prior to admission to 300-level clinical nursing courses: ANTH or ECON* General Education Requirement 3 BIOL A111 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 BIOL A112 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 BIOL A240 Introductory Microbiology for Health Sciences 4 CHEM A103/L Survey of Chemistry/Lab 4 Chapter 10 Page 164 University of Alaska Anchorage 2011-2012 Catalog www.uaa.alaska.edu Undergraduate Programs, College of Health CHEM A104/L Introduction to Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry/Lab 4 DN A203 Nutrition for the Health Sciences 3 ENGL A213 Writing in the Social and Natural Sciences 3 PHIL A302 Biomedical Ethics 3 PSY A150* Lifespan Development 3 PSY or SOC General Education Requirement 3 Reasoning Skills:* 3 ENGL A120, or PHIL A101, or PHIL A201 STAT A252 Elementary Statistics (3) 3 or STAT A307 Probability and Statistics (4) *Must be in addition to the required General Education Requirements. RN Licensure Credit An accepted, degree-seeking UAA nursing student who has successfully passed the National Council Licensing
83
Examination (NCLEX) and has current RN licensure in the state of Alaska may be granted the following UAA course credits (31 credits) upon admission to the nursing major: NS A216 Pathophysiology 4 NS A309 Pharmacology in Nursing 3 NS A303 Foundations of Nursing II 3 NS A303L Foundations of Nursing II Lab 5 NS A313 Health Disruptions I 3 NS A313L Health Disruptions I Lab 3 NS A401 Health Disruptions II 3 NS A401L Health Disruptions II Lab 2.5 NS406 Nursing Therapeutics in Complex Health Disruptions 2 NS406L Nursing Therapeutics in Complex Health Disruptions Lab 2.5 An administrative fee will be charged for these credits. To receive credits, the student must complete the appropriate form with a nursing advisor. Contact the School of Nursing (907) 786-4550 for further information. 2. Nursing courses for academic credit: Complete the following required nursing courses within the Nursing Science major (31 credits). Courses marked with an asterisk (*) must be completed with a grade of C or better prior to admission to 400-level clinical nursing courses. *NS A205 Nursing Informatics 3 *NS A305 Health Assessment of Individuals 2 *NS A305L Health Assessment of Individuals Laboratory 1 *NS A308 Dimensions of Professional Nursing Practice 3 *NS A314 Health I for Registered Nurses 2 *NS A314L Health I for Registered Nurses Laboratory 2 NS A400 Nursing Research 3 NS A411 Health II: Nursing Therapeutics 3 NS A411L Health II: Nursing Therapeutics Lab 3 NS A417 Management in Nursing 3 Nursing electives (upper division) 6 Three credits of nursing elective may be met with a current recognized nursing certification. 3. Complete elective credits to total 126 credits. 4. A total of 126 credits is required for the degree, 42 credits of which must be upper division. FACULTY Elizabeth Campbell Bernice Carmon Leanne Davis Martha Fenger Tom Hendrix Gail Holtzman Jill Janke Pat Lynes-Hayes Susan Modlin Terri Olson Maureen O'Malley Nadine Parker Betty Predeger
84
Maria Sistrom Rena Spieker Cathy Sullivan Dianne Toebe Sharyl Toscano Ammie Tremblay Angelia Trujillo Shirley Valek Wilson Carolyn Wohlers Jacque Woody
85
Registered Nurse Option For students who hold current licensure as a Registered Professional Nurse in the state of Alaska, the school offers “RN-only” courses and sections within the nursing major designed to build upon the RN’s basic preparation and experience and to facilitate progress in meeting program objectives. Previous college credits are evaluated for comparability to established requirements within the program and may be accepted for transfer; in addition, credit by examination is available to satisfy some General Education Requirements. Additional information is available upon request. Admission Requirements Registered nurses returning to complete the baccalaureate degree in Nursing Science must successfully complete the same academic prerequisites as basic students. Students who apply to the baccalaureate nursing major and who qualify for admission to baccalaureate study are admitted as pre-nursing majors. Admission as a pre-nursing major does not guarantee admission to the nursing program. Registered Nurses must apply for admission to the nursing major during the semester in which they are completing the final prerequisites for NS A204. The deadlines for RN admission are twice a year on November 1 and March 1 for the following summer. Formal admission to the nursing program is based on the registered nurse’s relative standing on the following minimum requirements: 1. UAA Certificate of Admission and transcript evaluations from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Current licensure as a Registered Professional Nurse in the state of Alaska. 3. A current Plan of Study signed by a nursing advisor and the RN student on file with the School of Nursing and Health Sciences. The student may call (907)786-4550 to set up an advising session. 4. An extracted minimum grade point average of 2.00. The grade point average will be calculated using grades from all courses which are required for the nursing major that have been completed at the time of application to the major. 5. A grade of C or better in all specified courses required for the nursing major. 6. Completion of or credit for specified prerequisite courses (17 credits): BIOL A111 Human Anatomy and Physiology I - 4 CHEM A103/L Survey of Chemistry with Laboratory - 4 ENGL A111 Methods of Written Communication - 3 COMM A111, ENGL A120, PHIL A101, PHIL A201, or PSY A150 - 3 General Education Requirement - 3 For students not required to take ENGL A111, another English composition course will be substituted. For transfer students, grades from equivalent courses will be substituted. 7. Enrollment in, or credit for, BIOL A112 Human Anatomy and Physiology II - 4 CHEM A104/L Introduction to Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry with Laboratory - 4 ENGL A120, PHIL A101, or PHIL A201- 3 ENGL A213 Writing in the Social and Natural Sciences - 3 at the time of application to the major, on achieving a C in the specified courses for the major that are in progress when admission is sought (i.e., CHEM A104/L, BIOL A112), and on maintaining
86
a minimum 2.00 grade point average until beginning nursing courses. 8. A School of Nursing and Health Sciences application on file in the school. 9. Three letters of reference, two of which must be a professional reference. Registered Nurse students not formally admitted by UAA as a baccalaureate seeking student in the nursing program or admitted as pre-nursing majors are eligible to take the following courses: Nursing electives for which prerequisites have been met. RN Clinical Requirements See Clinical Requirements under the Basic Student Option. RN Academic Progress See Academic Progress under the Basic Student Option. Graduation Requirements Students must complete the following graduation requirements: General University Requirements Complete the General University Requirements for All Baccalaureate Degrees listed at the beginning of this chapter. General Education Requirements Complete the General Education Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees listed at the beginning of this chapter. In the Nursing program, some required prerequisite courses fulfill general education requirements. Major Requirements 1. Support Courses: Complete support courses for the Nursing Science major (44 credits). All support courses must be completed with a grade of C or better prior to admission to 300-level clinical nursing courses: ANTH or ECON* General Education Requirement 3 BIOL A111 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 BIOL A112 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 BIOL A240 Introductory Microbiology for Health Sciences 4 CHEM A103/L Survey of Chemistry/Lab 4 Chapter 10 Page 164 University of Alaska Anchorage 2011-2012 Catalog www.uaa.alaska.edu Undergraduate Programs, College of Health CHEM A104/L Introduction to Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry/Lab 4 DN A203 Nutrition for the Health Sciences 3 ENGL A213 Writing in the Social and Natural Sciences 3 PHIL A302 Biomedical Ethics 3 PSY A150* Lifespan Development 3 PSY or SOC General Education Requirement 3 Reasoning Skills:* 3 ENGL A120, or PHIL A101, or PHIL A201 STAT A252 Elementary Statistics (3) 3 or STAT A307 Probability and Statistics (4) *Must be in addition to the required General Education Requirements. RN Licensure Credit An accepted, degree-seeking UAA nursing student who has successfully passed the National Council Licensing
Comment [gmh1]: Replaces requirement of only 1 professional reference
87
Examination (NCLEX) and has current RN licensure in the state of Alaska may be granted the following UAA course credits (31 credits) upon admission to the nursing major: NS A216 Pathophysiology 4 NS A309 Pharmacology in Nursing 3 NS A303 Foundations of Nursing II 3 NS A303L Foundations of Nursing II Lab 5 NS A313 Health Disruptions I 3 NS A313L Health Disruptions I Lab 3 NS A401 Health Disruptions II 3 NS A401L Health Disruptions II Lab 2.5 NS406 Nursing Therapeutics in Complex Health Disruptions 2 NS406L Nursing Therapeutics in Complex Health Disruptions Lab 2.5 An administrative fee will be charged for these credits. To receive credits, the student must complete the appropriate form with a nursing advisor. Contact the School of Nursing (907) 786-4550 for further information. 2. Nursing courses for academic credit: Complete the following required nursing courses within the Nursing Science major (31 credits). Courses marked with an asterisk (*) must be completed with a grade of C or better prior to admission to 400-level clinical nursing courses. *NS A205 Nursing Informatics 3 *NS A305 Health Assessment of Individuals 2 *NS A305L Health Assessment of Individuals Laboratory 1 *NS A308 Dimensions of Professional Nursing Practice 3 *NS A314 Health I for Registered Nurses 2 *NS A314L Health I for Registered Nurses Laboratory 2 NS A400 Nursing Research 3 NS A411 Health II: Nursing Therapeutics 3 NS A411L Health II: Nursing Therapeutics Lab 3 NS A417 Management in Nursing 3 Nursing electives (upper division) 6 Three credits of nursing elective may be met with a current recognized nursing certification. 3. Complete elective credits to total 126 credits. 4. A total of 126 credits is required for the degree, 42 credits of which must be upper division. FACULTY Elizabeth Campbell Bernice Carmon Leanne Davis Martha Fenger Tom Hendrix Gail Holtzman Jill Janke Pat Lynes-Hayes Susan Modlin Terri Olson Maureen O'Malley Nadine Parker Betty Predeger
Comment [gmh2]: Reflects the addition of 4.5 credits
Comment [gmh3]: These courses added to RN licensure credit
Deleted: 34
Comment [gmh4]: Reflects change in credits with deletion and also corrects math error in previous catalogue copy.
Comment [gmh5]: Removed NSA408 & NSA408L from this list.
Comment [gmh6]: Update of faculty list to reflect current faculty members.
88
Maria Sistrom Rena Spieker Cathy Sullivan Dianne Toebe Sharyl Toscano Ammie Tremblay Angelia Trujillo Shirley Valek Wilson Carolyn Wohlers Jacque Woody
89
SUBJECT
PREFIX
COURSE
NUMBER
BANNER
COLLEGE
CODE COURSE TITLE
COURSE
EFFECTIVE
LAST TERM
OFFERED
Was this course
carried over by
request from the
2010‐11 purge list?
Was this course
carried over by
request from the
2011‐12 purge list? COURSE IMPACTS PROGRAM IMPACTS COMMENTSScbcrse Subject
Code Scbcrse Crse Number
Scbcrse College
Code Scbcrse Title
Scbcrky Term Code
Start Ssbsect Term Code
CIS A326 CB *Information Age Literacy 200803 N/A
BS, Aviation Technology, Aviation Management Emphasis; BS, Aviation Technology, Air Traffic Control Emphasis
GER Integrative Capstone; Retain per Minnie Yen
HNRS A490 HC *Senior Honors Seminar 199703 200703 yesHonors Senior Project/Thesis Requirements (Honors Core)
GER Integrative Capstone; Retain per Ronald Spatz
SOC A222 AS *Small/Rural Communities 199702� 200901 Associate of Applied Science, Dental Hygiene GER Social Sciences
Original GER Purge List for 2012‐13 UAA Catalog with Initial Responses
90
SUBJECT
PREFIX
COURSE
NUMBER
BANNER
COLLEGE
CODE COURSE TITLE
COURSE
EFFECTIVE
LAST TERM
OFFERED
Was this course carried
over by request from
the 2010‐11 purge list?
Was this course carried
over by request from
the 2011‐12 purge list? COURSE IMPACTS
PROGRAM
IMPACTS COMMENTSScbcrse Subject
Code Scbcrse Crse Number Scbcrse College Code Scbcrse Title Scbcrky Term Code Start Ssbsect Term Code
AEST A603 EN Solid Waste Management 200603 N/A
Applied Environmental Science & Technology, MS; Applied Environmental Science & Technology, M; Civil Engineering, MS
selected topics course; no response
AET A490 CT AET Selected Topic 199902 200403 yes yesselected topics course; no response
AGRI A115 CT Horse Behavior/Train I 199702 200401 no response
ANTH A432 AS Hunting & Gathering Societies 199702 200701
Anthropology, BA; Anthropology, BS Retain per David Yesner
ANTH A499 AS Senior Thesis in Anthropology 200701 N/AHonors in Anthropology Retain per David Yesner
ART A104 AS Multi-Media Activities 199702 200701selected topics course; no response
ART A314 AS Printmaking--Litho/Serigraphy 200603 N/AART A215 (stacked); ART A315 (stacked/reg restriction); ART A415 (stacked); ART A415 (prereq) no response
ART A361 AS History of Graphic Design 199702 N/A yes yes Art, BA; Art, BFA no responseART A456 AS 3-D Digital Animation 200603 N/A no response
BA A601 CB Bus. Stats & Analysis 199702 200603BA A603 (prereq); BA A633 (prereq); BA A648 (prereq); ESM A619 (prereq); ESM A623 (prereq) MBA no response
BA A653 CB Multinational Financial Mgmt 199702 200702 no responseBA A692 CB Investmt Seminar: Subtitle Var 200503 N/A no responseBIOL A150 AS Intro to Marine Biology 199702 200301 no responseBIOL A327 AS Parasitology 199702 199803 yes yes no response
BIOL A403 AS Microtechnique 199702 200303
Biological Sciences, BS; Natural Sciences, BS no response
BIOL A461L AS Molecular Biology Laboratory 200501 N/A yes Sciences, BS; no responseCA A295A CT Foodserv Operations Practicum 199702 200503 no response
CA A295B CT Foodserv Management Practicum 199702 200503AAS, Culinary Arts no response
CED A110 CT Employmt Devmt Planning 199702 200203 no responseCED A115 CT Elderhostel: The AK Adventure 200002 200702 no responseCED A210 CT Crime Scene Investigation 199702 200601 no response
CHEM A311 AS Physical Chem/Biol Orientation 199702 200503
Chemistry, Minor; Natural Sciences, BS Retain per Colin McGill
CHEM A641 AS Advanced Biochemistry I 200403 200603 CHEM A441 (stacked); CHEM A642 (prereq)
Applied Environmental Science & Technology, M/MS Retain per Colin McGill
CHEM A642 AS Advanced Biochemistry II 200403 200701 CHEM A442 (stacked)
Applied Environmental Science & Technology, M/MS Retain per Colin McGill
CIOS A153C CT Web Site Design: MS FrontPage 200303 200601 no responseCNT A161 CT PC Architecture 200103 200603 CNT A181 (prereq); CNT A182 (prereq) no responseCNT A181 CT PC Auxiliary Storage 200103 200603 no responseCNT A182 CT PC Peripheral Devices 200103 200602 CNT A281 (prereq) no responseCNT A184 CT Introduction to TCP/IP 200103 200701 CNT A262 (prereq); CNT A281 (prereq) no response
CNT A190 CT Sel Top: MOUS Certifications 200103 200501selected topics course; no response
COMM A305 AS Intercultural Communication 199803 200603Communication, Minor
Retain per Barbara Harville
CS A431 AS Compilers: Concepts/Techniques 199702 200601 yes yes Retain per Kanapathi Thiru
CS A670 AS Comp Sci for Software Engineer 199702 N/A yes yesDental Assisting, AAS Retain per Kanapathi Thiru
CS A671 AS Advanced Software Engineering 199702 199703 yes yes Retain per Kanapathi Thiru
CS A690 AS Adv Topics in Computer Science 199702 200701selected topics course; Retain per Kanapathi Thiru
CWLA A261 AS Art/Literary Magazine Producti 199702 200701 no responseDA A195B CH Dental Assisting Practicum II 199702 200702 no responseDA A295B CH Clinical Practicum III 200603 N/A no responseED A216 EA Children's Literature 199702 200601 no responseED A222 EA Bilingual Ed & Paraeducators 200501 N/A no responseED A223 EA Paraeducators and Dev Readers 200501 N/A no responseEDAE A650 EA Princ/Human Resource Dev 199702 200701 no responseEDAE A656 EA Facilitating Adult Learning 200702 N/A EDAE A659 (prereq) no responseEDEC A304 EA Environment, Spaces, Relations 200603 N/A EDEC A306 (prereq) no responseEDEC A306 EA Assessment of Young Children 200701 200701 EDEC A403 (prereq); EDEC A404 (prereq) no responseEDEC A605 EA Early Child Ed Princ/Practices 200601 200602 no responseEDET A626 EA Technology in Teachng & Learng 200601 N/A no responseEDFN A470 EA Electronic Portfolio Developmt 200603 N/A no response
EDFN A631 EA Adv Educational Psych 200601 200701Teaching and Learning, M.Ed. no response
EDFN A654 EA Brain, Mind, and Education 200601 200603Teaching and Learning, M.Ed. no response
EDL A652 EA Intro to Teacher Leadership 200702 N/A EDL A659 (prereq)Teaching and Learning, M.Ed. no response
EDL A652B EA Intro to Teacher Leadership II 200702 N/A no responseEDL A653 EA Leadership for Equity 200702 N/A EDL A659 (prereq) no responseEDL A654 EA Building Mentoring Relationshp 200702 N/A EDL A659 (prereq) no responseEDL A655 EA Prof Developmt & Teacher Lrng 200702 N/A EDL A659 (prereq) no responseEDL A659 EA Teacher Leadership Project 200702 N/A no responseEDRD A603 EA Dev Literacy EC - Grade 12 200601 200701 no responseEDSE A215 EA Intro to Inclusive Early Ed 200602 200603 no responseEDSE A216 EA Family & Community: Spec Needs 200603 200701 no responseEDSE A217 EA Behavior Hlth:Child Spec Needs 200602 200603 no responseEDSE A218 EA Legal Issues: Child Spec Needs 200603 200701 no responseEDSE A219 EA EC Spec Needs: Communication 200503 200701 no responseEE A314L EN Electromagnetics Laboratory I 200503 N/A yes yes no response
EE A407 EN Power Distribution 200503 N/A yes yes
Electrical Engineering, BSE; Electrical Engineering, Minor no response
Original Purge List for 2012‐13 UAA Catalog with Initial Responses
91
ENGL A403 AS Topics in Autobiography 200003 200701 ENGL A499 (prereq)
English, BA, Honors and Literature Option; Women's Studies, Minor selected topics course
ENGL A490 AS Topics in Language & Lit 199702 200503
English, Honors, BA; English, Minor
selected topics course; Retain per Toby Widdicombe
ET A243 KP Programmable Logic Contr 199702 200603
Industrial Process Instrumentation, AAS no response
FD A162 CT Floral Design II 199702 200503 no responseFIRE A223 CH Fire Investigation II 200503 N/A yes yes no response
FIRE A230 CH Fire Dept Org Theory/Behavior 200503 N/A
Fire and Emergency Services Technology, AAS no response
GEO A456 EN Geomatics/Civil Design 199702 200503 yes yesCivil Engineering, BS no response
GEOG A447 AS Silk Road: Central Eurasia 200603 N/A
International Studies, BA, Russia Track no response
GEOL A421 AS Invertebrate Paleontology 200403 N/A yes yes
Geological Sciences, BS, General Geological Sciences and Environmental Geological Sciences Tracks; Natural Sciences, BS no response
GEOL A482 AS Geologic Field Investigations 200403 N/A yes yes
Geological Sciences, BS, General Geological Sciences and Environmental Geological Sciences Tracks; Natural Sciences, BS no response
GEOL A690 AS Graduate Topics in Geology 200401 200601 yes yes
Applied Environmental Science & Technology, M/MS
selected topics course; no response
GIS A127 EN Introduction to Metadata GIS 200303 N/A no response
GUID A101 AS Intro To Peer Advising 199702 200601 Retain per Barbara BrownHIST A312 AS Early Modern Europe 1600-1789 199702 200701 Retain per Liz Dennison
HIST A323 AS Communist China 200401 200503
History, BA; International Studies, BA, Northeast Asia Track Retain per Liz Dennison
HIST A382 AS American Women's History 199702 200701Women's Studies, Minor Retain per Liz Dennison
HIST A453 AS America Cold War Era 1945-1992 199702 200401 Retain per Liz DennisonHIST A690 AS Studies in History 200502 200602 yes yes Retain per Liz DennisonHUMS A121 CH Advocating for Victims 199702 200303 no response
JPC A405 AS Comm & Media Theories 200603 N/A
Journalism and Public Communications, BA
Request more time to consider per Paola Banchero
JPC A446 AS Magazine Editing/Production II 200603 N/A
Journalism and Public Communications, BA
Retain per Paola Banchero
JPC A485 AS Documentary Film Production II 200603 N/A
Journalism and Public Communications, BA
Retain per Paola Banchero
JPC A487 AS Independent Film Production II 200603 N/A
Journalism and Public Communications, BA
Retain per Paola Banchero
JPC A492 AS JPC Senior Seminar 200603 N/A
Journalism and Public Communications, Honors
Retain per Paola Banchero
JUST A350 CH Contemporary Correctional Issu 199702 200701
Journalism and Public Communications, BA Retain per André Rosay
JUST A400 CH Advanced Research Methods 200403 200603Justice, BA, Research Honors Retain per André Rosay
JUST A401 CH Inferential Data Analysis 200403 200701Justice, BA, Research Honors Retain per André Rosay
JUST A480 CH Correctional Sys Mgmt 199702 200603 Retain per André Rosay
JUST A640 CH Corrections Theory Research 199803 200603Criminal Justice Emphasis, MPA Retain per André Rosay
LOG A605 CB Transportation Systems Mgmt 200603 N/A LOG A608 (prereq) no responseLOG A608 CB Travel/Transportation Capstone 200603 N/A no response
LS A211 AS Library Research 21st Century 200601 200701Retain per Juli Braund-Allen
MA A120B CH Intro to Admin Duties 200503 N/A yes yesMedical Office Coding, OEC no response
MECH A220 KP Computer Numerical Control Mil 200101 200401
Mechanical Technology, Undergraduate Certificate no response
MUS A241 AS Fingerstyle Guitar IV 199702 200701 no responseMUS A242 AS Solo Fingerstyle Guitar 199702 200603 no responseNS A623 CH Transcultural Nursing 199801 200402 NS A423 (stacked) no response
NS A631 CH Women's Health & Obstetrics I 200401 200403 yes yes NS A635 (prereq)
Nursing Education, Graduate Certificate, Family Nurse Practitioner no response
NS A632 CH Focus on Pediatrics I 200401 N/A NS A636 (prereq)
Nursing Education, Graduate Certificate no response
92
NS A635 CH Women's Health & Obstetrics II 200401 200501 yes yes
Nursing Education, Graduate Certificate, Family Nurse Practitioner no response
NS A636 CH Focus on Pediatrics II 200403 N/A yes yes
Nursing Education, Graduate Certificate no response
NUPN A101 CH Fund Concepts & Skills for PN 200201 200701
NUPN A101L (coreq); NUPN A105 (coreq); NUPN A110 (prereq); NUPN A110L (prereq); NUPN A112 (prereq); NUPN A112L (prereq); NUPN A113 (prereq); NUPN A113L (prereq); NUPN A115 (prereq) no response
NUPN A101L CH Fund Concepts & Skills PN Lab 200201 200701
NUPN A101 (coreq); NUPN A105 (coreq); NUPN A110 (prereq); NUPN A110L (prereq); NUPN A112 (prereq); NUPN A112L (prereq); NUPN A113 (prereq); NUPN A113L (prereq); NUPN A115 (prereq) no response
NUPN A105 CH Human Anatomy and Function 200201 200701
NUPN A101 (prereq); NUPN A101L (prereq); NUPN A110 (prereq); NUPN A110L (prereq); NUPN A112 (prereq); NUPN A112L (prereq); NUPN A113 (prereq); NUPN A113L (prereq); NUPN A115 (prereq) no response
NUPN A110 CH Med-Surg Nursing for PNs 200202 200702NUPN A110L (coreq); NUPN A115 (coreq); NUPN A116 (prereq); NUPN A118L (prereq) no response
NUPN A110L CH Med-Surg Nsg for PNs Lab 200202 200702NUPN A110 (coreq); NUPN A115 (coreq); NUPN A116 (prereq); NUPN A118L (prereq) no response
NUPN A115 CH Mental Health Concepts for PNs 200202 200702NUPN A110 (coreq); NUPN A110L (coreq); NUPN A116 (prereq); NUPN A118L (prereq) no response
PEP A207 CT Emerg Water Safety & Lifeguard 200603 200701Retain per Sandra Carroll-Cobb
PEP A208 CT Water Safety Instructor Train 200603 N/APEP A210 CT Wilderness EMT 200603 N/A
PEP A233 CT Coaching Track & Field/Running 200603 N/A Coaching, MinorRetain per Sandra Carroll-Cobb
PEP A234 CT Coaching Wrestling 200603 N/A Coaching, MinorRetain per Sandra Carroll-Cobb
PEP A235 CT Coaching Swimming & Diving 200603 N/A Coaching, MinorRetain per Sandra Carroll-Cobb
PEP A236 CT Coaching Skiing 200603 N/A Coaching, MinorRetain per Sandra Carroll-Cobb
PEP A237 CT Coaching Figure Skating 200603 N/A Coaching, MinorRetain per Sandra Carroll-Cobb
PEP A238 CT Coaching Gymnastics 200603 N/A Coaching, MinorRetain per Sandra Carroll-Cobb
PEP A239 CT Coaching Baseball/Softball 200603 N/A Coaching, MinorRetain per Sandra Carroll-Cobb
PEP A240 CT Coaching Football 200603 N/A Coaching, MinorRetain per Sandra Carroll-Cobb
PEP A241 CT Coaching Basketball 200603 N/A Coaching, MinorRetain per Sandra Carroll-Cobb
PEP A243 CT Coaching Hockey 200603 N/A Coaching, MinorRetain per Sandra Carroll-Cobb
PEP A244 CT Coaching Volleyball 200603 N/A Coaching, MinorRetain per Sandra Carroll-Cobb
PEP A467A CT Challenge Course Advntr Ldrshp 200603 N/APER A105 CT Low Impact Aerobics 200603 N/APER A114 CT Muscle Fitness 200603 N/A
PER A121 CT Yoga for Athletes 200603 N/ARetain per Sandra Carroll-Cobb
PER A126 CT Beginning Kendo 200603 N/A PER A226 (prereq)PER A136 CT Beginning In-Line Skating 200603 N/A PER A236 (prereq)PER A154 CT Beginning Sailing 200603 N/APER A163 CT Beginning Alpine Skiing 200603 N/APER A166 CT Beginning Snowboarding 200603 N/APER A170 CT Backpack Alaska 200603 N/A PER A287 (prereq)
PER A171 CT Outdoor Adventure in Alaska 200603 N/ARetain per Sandra Carroll-Cobb
PER A177 CT Nature Observation & Tracking 200603 N/APER A178 CT Discovering Wild Plants 200603 N/APER A179 CT AK Wild Mushrooms 200603 N/APER A182 CT Alaska Winter Survival 200603 N/APER A183 CT Alaska Marine Survival 200603 N/APER A206 CT Intermediate Aerobics 200603 N/APER A209 CT Intermed Aqua Aerobics 200603 N/APER A224 CT Intermediate Karate 200603 N/APER A226 CT Intermediate Kendo 200603 N/APER A230 CT Intermediate Tennis 200603 N/APER A231 CT Intermediate Racquetball 200603 N/A PER A277 (prereq)PER A233 CT Intermediate Bowling 200603 N/APER A235 CT Intermediate Swimming 200603 N/APER A236 CT Intermediate In-Line Skating 200603 N/A
PER A237 CT Intermediate Ice Skating 200603 N/A PER A278 (prereq)Retain per Sandra Carroll-Cobb
PER A273 CT Strength Train/Periodization 200603 N/APER A277 CT Advanced Racquetball 200603 N/APER A278 CT Advanced Figure Skating 200603 N/APER A280 CT Power Skating 200603 N/A
PER A285 CT Expedition Glacier School 200603 N/ARetain per Sandra Carroll-Cobb
PER A287 CT Expedition Backpacking 200603 N/ARetain per Sandra Carroll-Cobb
PHIL A304 AS Business Ethics 200203 200602
Applied Ethics, Undergraduate Certificate; Philosophy, BA, Philosophy and Applied Ethics Tracks no response
PS A344 AS State and Local Politics 199702 200603Political Science, BA no response
PSY A602 AS Native Ways of Knowing 200603 N/A
Clinical-Community Psychology, PhD Retain per James Fitterling
PSY A603 AS Alaskan and Rural Psychology 200603 N/A
Clinical-Community Psychology, PhD Retain per James Fitterling
PSY A605 AS History and Systems 200603 N/A
Clinical-Community Psychology, PhD Retain per James Fitterling
PSY A607 AS Cognition, Affect, and Culture 200603 N/A
Clinical-Community Psychology, PhD Retain per James Fitterling
PSY A616 AS Program Evaluation I 200603 N/A PSY A617 (prereq)
Clinical-Community Psychology, PhD Retain per James Fitterling
93
PSY A617 AS Program Evaluation II 200603 N/A
Clinical-Community Psychology, PhD Retain per James Fitterling
PSY A659 AS Multivariate Methods in Psych 200603 N/A Retain per James Fitterling
PSY A671 AS Grant Writing 200603 N/A Retain per James Fitterling
RUSS A490B AS Sel Topic-Russ Cult in Transla 199803 200001
International Studies, BA, Russia Track Retain per Susan Kalina
STAT A405 AS Nonparametric Statistics 200603 200603
Mathematics, BA/BS, Traditional and Secondary Teaching Preparation Options; Natural Sciences, BS; Statistics, Minor; Applied Environmental Science & Technology, M/MS Retain per Kanapathi Thiru
SWK A470 CH Soc Work/Aging & Elderly 199702 200502Gerontology, Minor no response
SWK A667 CH Clinical Group Therapy 200601 N/A
Clinical Social Work Practice, Graduate Certificate Retain per Mary Parker
VE A301 CT Principles of Technology 199702 200701 WELD A263 (reg restriction) no responseVS A131 KO Construction - Owner/Builder I 199702 200401 no responseWELD A115 CT Basic Shielded Metal Arc 199702 200601 no response
94
The University of Alaska Anchorage
Curriculum Handbook for
Faculty
Revised June 2011
95
i
Table of Contents
Acronym List .................................................................................................................................................................. iv
Section 1 - Introduction .................................................................................................................................................. 1
1.1 Academic Boards of the Faculty Senate Principles of Operation.................................................................. 1 Basis for Academic Board Review .......................................................................................................................... 1
Section 2 - Curriculum Screening Criteria .................................................................................................................. 3
2.1 Issues in Curriculum Review........................................................................................................................... 3 2.1.1 Curriculum Review ................................................................................................................................ 3 2.1.2 Academic Considerations Addressed in Review ................................................................................... 3 2.1.3 Review of Program Proposals ................................................................................................................ 4 2.1.4 Program Student Learning Outcomes .................................................................................................... 4
Section 3 - Curriculum Approval Process ................................................................................................................ 665
for Courses, Programs and Prefixes ......................................................................................................................... 665
3.1 OverviewCurriculum Approval Process ..................................................................................................... 665
3.2 Approval for Minor Changes to Undergraduate Credit Courses .............................................................. 876 3.2.1 All Undergraduate Credit Courses Numbered 050 – 499 ................................................................. 876 3.2.2 Lower Division Undergraduate Credit Courses Numbered 050 – 299 Only .................................... 876
3.3 Approval of Minor Catalog Changes .............................................................................................................. 7
3.4 Approval for substantive changes to courses numbered 050 - 299, for all changes to courses numbered 300 - 499, and for additions or deletions of all academic credit courses. ................................................ 987
3.5 Approval of 600-Level Courses .............................................................................................................. 997
3.6 Approval of 500-Level Courses ............................................................................................................ 1098
Section 4 - Prefixes .................................................................................................................................................. 19109
4.1 Changes to or Replacement of a Prefix .................................................................................................. 19109
4.2 Addition of a Prefix ................................................................................................................................. 19109
4.3 Inactivation of a Prefix .......................................................................................................................... 201110
Section 5 - Courses ................................................................................................................................................ 231312
5.1 Changes or Revisions to a Course ........................................................................................................ 231312
5.2 Adding a New Course ............................................................................................................................ 241312
5.3 Deleting a Course .................................................................................................................................. 281716
Section 6 - General Education Requirement (GER) ......................................................................................... 291817
6.1 General Education and General Course Requirements ....................................................................... 291817
6.2 Revision of or Request for GER Course ............................................................................................... 291817
6.3 Deletion of a GER Course .................................................................................................................... 301918
Section 7 - Programs ............................................................................................................................................. 312019
7.1 Minor Revisions to Programs (includes new option within a program) ............................................. 312019
96
ii
7.2 Programs which have MATH, ENGL, and COMM Requirements ...................................................... 322120 7.2.1 Programs which have MATH program requirements ......................................................................... 20 7.2.2 Programs which have ENGL A111 as a specific major requirement ................................................. 20 7.2.3 Programs which have COMM A111, A235, A237, or A241 as a specific major requirement .......... 20
7.3 New Programs and Major Changes to Programs ........................................................................................ 21
Section 8 - Policy Additions and Changes .......................................................................................................... 392725
Section 9 - Step-By-Step Instructions for the Course Content Guide ............................................................. 402826
Section 10 - Step-By-Step Instructions for the Course Action Request .......................................................... 513937
10.1 The CAR Form ....................................................................................................................................... 513937
10.2 Instructions for Completing the CAR.................................................................................................... 524038 Box 1a. School or College ......................................................................................................................... 524038 Box 1b. Division ........................................................................................................................................ 524038 Box 1c. Department ................................................................................................................................... 534139 Box 2. Course Prefix ................................................................................................................................ 534139 Box 3. Course Number ............................................................................................................................. 534139 Box 4. Previous Course Prefix & Number .............................................................................................. 554341 Box 5a. Credits/CEUs ................................................................................................................................ 554341 Box 5b. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) per week (15-week semester) ................................................... 554341 Box 6. Complete Course Title ................................................................................................................. 564442 Box 7. Type of Course ............................................................................................................................. 574543 Box 8. Type of Action .............................................................................................................................. 574543 Box 9. Repeat Status ................................................................................................................................ 574543 Box 10. Grading Basis ............................................................................................................................... 584644 Box 11. Implementation Date .................................................................................................................... 584644 Box 12. Cross-Listed or Stacked ............................................................................................................... 584644 Box 13a. Impacted Courses or Programs .................................................................................................... 594745 Box 13b. Coordination Email Submitted to Faculty Listserv ..................................................................... 614947 Box 13c. Coordination with Library Liaison .............................................................................................. 614947 Box 14. GERs ............................................................................................................................................. 614947 Box 15. Course Description ....................................................................................................................... 614947 Box 16a. Course Prerequisite (s) ................................................................................................................. 614947 Box 16b. Test Scores .................................................................................................................................... 625048 Box 16c. Corequisite(s) ............................................................................................................................... 625048 Box 16d. Other Restriction(s) ...................................................................................................................... 625048 Box 16e. Registration Restriction(s) ........................................................................................................... 625048 Box 17. Mark if Course Has Fees .............................................................................................................. 635149 Box 18. Mark if Course is a Selected Topic Course ................................................................................. 635149 Box 19. Justification for Action ................................................................................................................. 635149
Section 11 - Step-By-Step Instructions for the Program/Prefix Action Request (PAR) ............................... 645250
11.1 The PAR Form ....................................................................................................................................... 645250
11.2 Instructions for Completing the PAR .................................................................................................... 655351 Box 1a. School/College ............................................................................................................................. 655351 Box 1b. Division ........................................................................................................................................ 655351 Box 1c. Department ................................................................................................................................... 665452 Box 2. Complete Program Title/Prefix .................................................................................................... 665452 Box 3. Type of Program ........................................................................................................................... 665452 Box 4. Type of Action .............................................................................................................................. 665452 Box 5. Implementation Date .................................................................................................................... 665452 Box 6a. Coordination with Affected Units ................................................................................................ 665452 Box 6b. Coordination Email Submitted to Faculty Listserv ..................................................................... 675553
97
iii
Box 6c. Coordination with Library Liaison .............................................................................................. 685553 Box 7. Title and Program Description ..................................................................................................... 685654 Box 8. Justification for Action ................................................................................................................. 685654
Section 12 - Catalog Copy Formatting ............................................................................................................... 695755
Appendix A - Links to Templates........................................................................................................................ 786664
Appendix B - Links to Examples ......................................................................................................................... 796765
Appendix C - Observable Verbs .......................................................................................................................... 806866
Cognitive Domain Observable Verbs ................................................................................................................. 806866
Affective Domain Observable Verbs .................................................................................................................. 827068
Psychomotor Domain Observable Verbs ........................................................................................................... 837169
Appendix D - The Undergraduate & Graduate Academic Boards ................................................................. 847270
Membership ........................................................................................................................................................ 847270
Responsibilities ................................................................................................................................................... 847270
Meeting Schedule ................................................................................................................................................ 857371
Agenda and Summary ......................................................................................................................................... 857371
Meeting Procedure ............................................................................................................................................. 877573
Administrative Support ....................................................................................................................................... 877573
Appendix E - Guidelines on Student Learning Outcomes for Courses and Programs ................................ 887674
Appendix F - Guidelines for UAA Distance Education Courses ..................................................................... 897775
Index ....................................................................................................................................................................... 897775
List of Figures
Prefix Approval Process ............................................................................................................................................. 11
Permanent Course Approval Process ........................................................................................................................ 14
Non-Permanent Credit Course, 500-Level Course, and Noncredit/CEU Approval Process ................................... 15
Program Approval Process ........................................................................................................................................ 24
98
iv
Acronym List
BOR Board of Regents
CAR Course Action Request
CCG Course Content Guide
CEU Continuing Education Unit
GAB Graduate Academic Board
GER General Education Requirement
GERC General Education Review Committee
NWCCU Northwest Commission on Colleges and Universities
OAA Office of Academic Affairs
PAR Program/Prefix Action Request
SAC Statewide Academic Council
UAA University of Alaska Anchorage
UAB Undergraduate Academic Board
US DoE US Department of Education
USUAA Union of Students at UAA
99
1 Section 1 – Introduction
Section 1 - Introduction
1.1 Academic Boards of the Faculty Senate Principles of Operation
Excellence in teaching, learning, and research is the indispensable core value of the University of Alaska Anchorage (UAA) mission, goals and activities. The Graduate Academic Board (GAB) and the Undergraduate Academic Board (UAB) of the Faculty Senate are the principal peer review committees charged to guide the University’s curricular processes.
The university evaluates its achievements against appropriate regional, national, and international benchmarks. The academic boards devise evidence-based methods for the curriculum approval. The Curriculum Handbook is periodically revised to reflect policy and procedural changes.
The academic boards are charged to identify areas for improvement, foster collaboration, and encourage an ethos of critical self-evaluation for all curriculum.
The work of the academic boards is part of the normal and continuous cycle of curricular planning, monitoring, and improvement. It is emphasized that although the curricular products of the faculty reviewed and approved by the board are useful for purposes of external review, they are primarily intended to promote and maintain excellence in teaching, learning, and research.
These Guidelines in the Curriculum Handbook describe the University of Alaska Anchorage’s process for approving all academic coursework developments. These guidelines should be used in conjunction with departmental requirements as appropriate. Basis for Academic Board Review Academic board approval is required for the following:
1. New permanent courses that will appear on the student’s transcript with academic credit.
2. New departmental programs such as:
A. Undergraduate programs i. occupational endorsement certificates ii. undergraduate certificates iii. associate degrees iv. baccalaureate degrees
iv.v. mMinors
B. Post-baccalaureate certificates
C. Graduate programs i. graduate certificates ii. graduate degrees
The maximum number of credits that may be required by a degree or certificate program will be for each level (BOR Policy and Regulation 10.04.030):
Occupational Endorsement 29 credits
Certificate 60 credits
Associate Degree 75 credits
Bachelor's Degree 132 credits
Minors 18 creditsno maximum
Master's Degree 45 credits
Graduate Certificate 29 credits
Formatted: Tab stops: 1", List tab + Not at 0.5"
Formatted: Tab stops: 0.75", List tab + Notat 0.5"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.06", List tab + Notat 0.81"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.25", List tab + Notat 1"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.25", List tab + Notat 1"
100
2 Section 1 – Introduction
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate 60 credits
Doctorate See program requirements
3. New policies or revisions to existing policies that affect the method of approval, content, or delivery of university courses or programs.
4. Substantial revision to the academic content of a course including
A. Additions, modifications or deletions of major subject areas B. Adoption of a new/revised mode of delivery in an entire course C. Any course that has not been offered at least once during the past 4 years (i.e., Course on a
purge list that the discipline informs the Board it intends to deliver. See section 5.3 for additional information).
5. Changes having an impact on the study options available to prospective students, including changes to
A. Selection/admission procedures and standards B. Prerequisites, co-requisites, and registration restrictions.
6. Changes responding to the professions, employers, or the wider community.
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.06", List tab + Notat 0.81"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.25", List tab + Notat 1"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.06", List tab + Notat 0.81"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.25", List tab + Notat 1"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.06", List tab + Notat 0.81"
101
3 Section 2 – Curriculum Screening Criteria
Section 2 - Curriculum Screening Criteria
2.1 Issues in Curriculum Review
2.1.1 Curriculum Review A request for a curriculum change should be reviewed for format, content, and the impact it has on the entire curriculum and general direction of the school or college in relation to the university. Curriculum review bodies are asked to review any change carefully with respect to the program initiating the change and to other academic programs.
At any time a curriculum change is brought before a review body, the program or course will be reviewed in total as outlined in this handbook. If a Course Action Request (CAR) for a credit-bearing course, program, or policy is submitted for processing and that CAR has been disapproved at any level prior to UAB/GAB review, then that particular curricular action is placed on the agenda of UAB/GAB for review and recommendation.
Pertinent academic considerations:
A. Course or program is designed with the appropriate content and student learning outcomes, with learning experiences that enable students to achieve the stated learning outcomes, and with evaluation methods that enable faculty to assess student achievement of those learning outcomes.
B. Justification for the change
C. Effect on resources within the program
D. Frequency of course offerings for new programs. Note: Deans/Directors may require this information for new courses.
E. Impact on other affected UAA programs and courses
2.1.2 Academic Considerations Addressed in Review The faculty member initiating the curriculum action should be prepared to address the following and any other appropriate issues that members of the curriculum review committees may ask when the curriculum action is presented to the appropriate boards/committees at each level of review.
A. Academic considerations for a new course proposal: i. School/college offering this course is the appropriate academic unit ii. Appropriate prerequisites for content and level iii. Availability of prerequisites for this course iv. Frequency of scheduling of course v. Justification for stacking or cross listing vi. Duplication with any other existing courses is explained vii. Documented coordination with the impacted/affected departments viii. Identifiable accreditation or nationally accepted practice standards ix. Rationale for requiring this course in a program x. If a new prefix is requested, the prefix must be approved prior to developing the
curriculum
B. Courses that will become program electives/selectives: i. Effect of this course on other electives/selectives ii. Enhancement of a program by this course iii. Increase in options for specialization within the major iv. Effect on scheduling of other program electives
C. Courses that will become General Education Requirements (GERs):
i. Addresses GER student learning outcomes from the GER Preamble
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.25", List tab + Notat 1"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.25", List tab + Notat 1"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.75", List tab + Notat 1.5"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.25", List tab + Notat 1"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.75", List tab + Notat 1.5"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.25", List tab + Notat 1"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.75", List tab + Notat 1.5"
102
4 Section 2 – Curriculum Screening Criteria
ii. Meets category definition from Board of Regents Regulation (www.alaska.edu/bor/policy-regulations/)
iii. Addresses and assesses GER student learning outcomes for the classification descriptions described in the catalog (www.uaa.alaska.edu/records/catalogs/catalogs.cfm) and this handbook
iv. Provides rationale for adding this course to the GER menu
D. Resource implication considerations for new course proposals: i. Commitment from resource manager to support course offerings ii. Effects on other offerings within a program or school iii. Effect on offering other required courses iv. Effect on electives and selectives v. If the course was offered as a trial course, the number of times it was offered and the
number of enrollments
2.1.3 Review of Program Proposals A. Program description adequately expresses the program characteristics, requirements and
student learning outcomes. B. The proposing unit is clearly prepared to present the program based on available faculty
numbers and expertise, support staff, fiscal resources, facilities and equipment. C. Needs analysis for the new program is attached. D. Coordination has occurred with appropriate departments, schools, and colleges and
documentation is submitted to the Governance Office. E. Possible duplication of an existing program is addressed. F. All courses used in the creation or modification of a degree or certificate program have
current Course Content Guides on file in the Office of the Registrar. These must contain all of the required elements described in Section 9 of this handbook. If courses are ill-defined or outdated they must be revised at the same time or before the program addition or modification is proposed.
G. When proposing multiple certificates in a given discipline their requirements must differ by at least 6 credits. Otherwise the program should be proposed as a single certificate with emphasis areas.
2.1.4 Program Student Learning Outcomes A. Program student learning outcomes should are to be clearly stated as the knowledge or
abilities that students are expected to demonstrate upon successful completion of the program. B. Program student learning oOutcomes and a plan for their assessment are to be developed in
accordance with the guidance and requirements found in the Academic Assessment Handbook (add a link to the AAC website) should be reasonable in number, relate well to the content and methods of presentation used in the program, and are assessable.
C. Program sStudent learning oOutcomes should are to be published in the catalog for students to use in evaluating and selecting their academic program.
D. Outcome assessment should be accomplished with appropriate tools chosen and administered in a way that both direct and indirect measurements of student performance are obtained.
E.D. Programs whose external accreditors require program objectives should state these clearly as the knowledge or abilities that students are expected to demonstrate after completion of the program.
F.E. A complete and valid assessment plan must be presented to the Office of Academic Affairs (OAA) in accordance with the requirements of the Academic Assessment Handbook.that makes use of the assessments of student learning in the continuous improvement of the course. Plans should conform to the format and content established at UAA and illustrated at the website www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance. Note: Academic bBoards do not evaluate the assessment plan or resource implications; however the plan must be complete when a new program is submitted to the academic boards.
G.F. If this action requires BOR review, see Regents’ Policy and Regulation (www.alaska.edu/bor/policy-regulations/).
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.25", List tab + Notat 1"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.75", List tab + Notat 1.5"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.25", List tab + Notat 1"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.25", List tab + Notat 1"
103
5 Section 2 – Curriculum Screening Criteria
H.G. If this action requires notifying the Commission on Colleges refer to their website at www.nwccu.org.
104
6 Section 3 – Curriculum Approval Process
Section 3 - Curriculum Approval Process for Courses, Programs and Prefixes
Any new degree program, and/or new course required for a degree program, wherever initiated within UAA, requires approval by UAB/GAB. Programs include certificates and occupational endorsements; associate, baccalaureate, post-baccalaureate, and graduate degrees; Minors; and regional studies. Non-credit courses, CEU courses, and Workforce Credential programs are not reviewed nor approved by UAB/GAB as indicated in the curriculum approval process below. 3.1 OverviewCurriculum Approval Process
1. Expect as noted in sections 3.2 and 3.3, all courses, programs (with the exception of doctoral programs), and prefixes follow the approval process presented in this section. The approval process for doctoral programs is found in section 3.8.
1.2. Curriculum must be initiated by a faculty member, reviewed by the department’s curriculum committee/chair, the school/college curriculum committee, and finally the dean/director of the school/college.
2.3. The term “faculty initiator” will use the definition of faculty from the Faculty Senate Constitution (http://www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/facultysenate/constitution.cfm) except in the special cases listed. Special cases: There may be special circumstances where a program has no tenure-track or term faculty. In these cases, an adjunct faculty member who has been approved to teach a course or has special expertise in the content area of the program may initiate course and program curriculum changes under the sponsorship of a tenure-track or term faculty member as defined above. It is recommended that the initiating faculty member and the faculty sponsor sign the CAR/PAR. New programs must be initiated by tenure-track or term faculty as defined in the Faculty Senate Constitution. An adjunct faculty member who has expertise in the area may be consulted by the faculty initiator(s).
3.4. All templates are available on the Governance website at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance. Proposers should ensure that documents are submitted prepared using Microsoft Word. As of August 1, 2009, the new Program/Prefix Action Request form and updated Course Action Request form available on the Governance website must be submitted with curriculum paperwork. Documents titled Curriculum Action Request form will not be accepted. Course proposals must be submitted using the CAR and program/prefix proposals must be submitted using the PAR.
5. Proposers of any curriculum action should refer initial questions to their discipline-specific curriculum committees. Further assistance may be sought from college curriculum committees, and in the last resort the Governance Office, to ensure the proposal is considered in a timely fashion.
6. Coordination should take place early in the curriculum process. Steps for coordination are found in sections 4, 5, 6, and 7 and consists of two steps:depending on the curriculum action under consideration.
7. The faculty initiator is responsible for the development of the required documents outlined in sections 4, 5, 6, and 7 and submission to the appropriate organizations. It is strongly recommended that the faculty initiator consult with Scheduling and Publications in the Registrar’s office when developing the CAR and PAR documents as outlined sections 10 and 11 of this handbook. Assistance with developing the CCG can be obtained from the school’s representatives on the academic boards, from the college curriculum committee, and section 9 of this handbook.
8. After Curriculum proposals are reviewed by the college/school curriculum committee. The committee chair signs the n CAR following the committee’s review.
9. , aA hard copy of the proposal signed is forwarded to theby the appropriate dean/director for review.
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Startat: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.75" +Tab after: 1" + Indent at: 1", Tab stops: Notat 1"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25", Tab stops:Not at 1"
105
7 Section 3 – Curriculum Approval Process
4.10. Following review, the dean/director signs the CAR and is forwards a hard copy of the curriculum proposal ed is forwarded to the Governance Office along with an electronic version in Microsoft Word format of the full proposal.
The Governance Office forwards noncredit, continuing education unit (CEU), -93s, -94s, and 500-level courses to the Office of the Registrar to be entered into the system.
The Governance Office forwards Workforce Credential proposalss to OAA for review and approval.
Catalog cCourses and, programs to be published in the catalog, and prefix requests, are sent to UAB/GAB for review.
5.11. Any items needing UAB/GAB review must be received in the Governance Office by 9 a.m. Monday in order to be on the agenda for the Friday meeting of the same week. See Deadlines under Section 4 for additional information.
6.12. Initiating faculty member or faculty representative must present courses, programs and prefixes to UAB/GAB. Representatives should be prepared to answer all relevant questions as described in 2.1.2. OAA will consult with initiating faculty during the review of Workforce Credentials.
7.13. After the final reading by UAB/GAB, the initiating faculty member is responsible for the preparation of the corrected final documents and submission to the Governance Office before UAA Faculty Senate takes action.
14. The Governance Office prepares the UAB/GAB reports for the UAA Faculty Senate. The Senate then reviews and acts on the proposed courses and prefixes.
8.15. OAA reports decisions regarding Workforce Credential proposals to the Faculty Senate through the Governance Office and to the BOR through SAC.
9.16. UAB/GAB chair signs CAR/PAR documents after approval by the Faculty Senate.
17. The Associate Vice Provost for Curriculum and Assessment reviews and acts on undergraduate courses and, undergraduate and post-baccalaureate programs. The Vice Provost for Research and Graduate Studies reviews and acts on graduate courses and programs. The two Vice Provosts collaborate on the approval of and prefixes.
18. New programs and programs with major changes (with the exception of Minors, Occupational Endorsements and Workforce Credentials) require approval through the BOR. After approval by the Faculty Senate, OAA works with the faculty initiator to prepared and submit the necessary documents (see section 7.3).
19. After approval by the Faculty Senate, the Vice Provost for Curriculum and Assessment works with faculty initiators for Minors, Occupational Endorsements and Workforce Credentials to obtain approval as required from OAA and the Chancellor’s office and to prepared documents notifying SAC of the curriculum actions.
10.20. All new programs and programs with major changes require approval through the NWCCU. After approval by the BOR, OAA works with the faculty initiator to prepared and submit the necessary documents (see section 7.3). The appropriate Vice Provost approves new programs and programs with major changes only after approval is received from the NWCCU.
21. After final approvals are obtained from the Chancellor, Regents, and/or the NWCCUAfter Associate the appropriate Vice Provost for Curriculum and Assessment approvalapproves the curriculum and returns the folders to the Governance Office., the The Governance Office sends the approved courses, programs and prefixes to the Office of the Registrar.
11. .
12.22. After appropriate reviews are complete, the course, program or prefix appears in the next catalog or schedule for which the publication deadline was met, unless a later implementation date has been approved. Effective date of the action cannot precede the publication date of the first catalog or schedule in which it is to appear.
106
8 Section 3 – Curriculum Approval Process
23. New certificate programs may require an additional review and approval by the US Department of Education (US DoE) before admitted students are eligible for federal financial aid. This review is initiated by the UAA Director of Student Financial Aid after Regents’BOR approval of the program. US DoE approval usually occurs within 90 days of submission
This approval process is depicted in Figures 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 for specific types of courses, programs, and prefixes.
_____________________
3.2 Approval for Minor Changes to Undergraduate Credit Courses
3.2.1 All Undergraduate Credit Courses Numbered 050 – 499
1. If a course title change is proposed by the prefix (initiating) department, and approved through the regular curriculum process, then the course title will be automatically changed wherever the course title appears in the catalog.
The initiating department is required to coordinate with all impacted departments, using Box 13a of the CAR, and an additional spreadsheet, if necessary. e.g., ENGL A450 required in English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) 7-12 Concentration (Graduate program in COE).
2. If prerequisites within the prefix department are changed in 050-499 courses, the initiating department must complete a CAR to be approved through the regular curriculum process. No Course Content Guide will be required so long as the course has been updated within the past 4 years.
The initiating department is required to coordinate with all impacted departments. The impacted departments must be listed in Box 13a of the CAR, with an additional spreadsheet, if necessary.
3. If registration restrictions within the prefix department are changed in 050-499 courses, the initiating department must complete a Course Action Request (CAR) to be approved through the regular curriculum process. No Course Content Guide (CCG) will be required so long as the course has been updated within the past 4 years. The initiating department is required to coordinate with all impacted departments. The impacted departments must be listed in Box 13a of the CAR, with an additional spreadsheet, if necessary.
3.2.2 Lower Division Undergraduate Credit Courses Numbered 050 – 299 Only Minor changes that do not substantially affect the intent or content of lower division courses are handled by the school/college curriculum committee or community campus instructional council. These changes include the following that do not affect the quality of the curriculum:
1. Course number change at the same level
2. Grammatical change in course description
3. Co-requisite changes that only affect the prefix department
4. Fee change
5. Course description change that does not change course intent (e.g., USSR to Russia, Word 2003 to Word 2010)
6. Updating of the bibliography.
The school/college curriculum committee or community campus instructional council is responsible for ensuring that proper coordination has occurred. Upon final approval by the college dean or director, courses with the types of changes listed above are forwarded to the Governance Office for transmittal to the Office of the Registrar. These course actions are placed on the UAB agenda as informational items. Any UAB member may request that an information item be changed to an action item. No action can be taken on an action item until after it has been placed on the next meeting’s agenda.
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Startat: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.75" +Tab after: 1" + Indent at: 1", Tab stops: Notat 1"
Formatted: Left, Indent: Left: 0.25"
107
9 Section 3 – Curriculum Approval Process
_____________________
3.3 Approval of Minor Catalog Changes
The following catalog changes are considered minor changes, and do not have to be reviewed by the Undergraduate Academic BoardUAB/GAB. These changes can be implemented by program faculty during the annual catalog copy review processes conducted by the Registrars Office of the Registrar.
Minor Changes: Contact information, location, and web address
1. General Discipline information a. Degree or Certificate program b. Overview and career information c. Accreditation d. Research possibilities
2. Advising 3. Academic Progress Requirements
_____________________
3.4 Approval for substantive changes to courses numbered 050 - 299, for all changes to courses numbered 300 - 499, and for additions or deletions of all academic credit courses.
Additions, deletions, or changes that have a substantive effect on the intent, content or student learning outcomes of any courses numbered 050 to 299 require approval through the established governance process and UAB action as shown at the beginning of this section. Additions, deletions or changes to any 300- or 400-level course with a permanent number, wherever initiated within UAA, require approval through the established governance process and UAB action as shown at the beginning of this section. The approval process for these courses is found in section 3.1 and is depicted in Figure 3.1.
_____________________
3.5 Approval of 600-Level Courses
A new or revised 600-level course with a permanent number, wherever initiated within UAA, requires GAB action. School/college curriculum committee or community campus instructional council takes responsibility for the following changes that do not affect the intent and quality of the curriculum:
1. Title change
2. Course number change at the same level
3. Grammatical change in course description
4. Prerequisite change that involves only the prefix department
5. Fee change
6. Course description change that does not change course intent (e.g., USSR to Russia, Word 2003 to Word 2010)
7. Updating of the bibliography
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.25", List tab + Notat 1"
Formatted: Tab stops: 0.75", List tab + Notat 0.5"
108
10 Section 3 – Curriculum Approval Process
Upon final approval by the college dean or director, courses with the types of changes listed in 1-7 are forwarded to the Governance Office for transmittal to the Office of the Registrar. These course actions are placed on the GAB agenda as informational items. Any GAB member may request that an information item be changed to an action item. No action can be taken on an action item until after it has been approved by the GAB. The community campus director will work with the appropriate school/college dean to obtain review and approval for offering of a graduate course. The approval process for 600 level courses is found in section 3.1 and is depicted in Figure 3.1.
_____________________
3.6 Approval of 500-Level Courses
These courses are offered for professional development credit only. The UAB is responsible for UAA policy associated with 500-level courses.
The appropriate dean/director or designee has authority for initial approval and offering of 500-level courses. Each college offering 500-level courses must have policies and procedures in place that guarantee appropriate faculty review and course quality.
Approved courses are forwarded through the Governance Office to the Office of the Registrar to be entered into the system and are listed in the curriculum log posted on the Governance website (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance).
The approval process for 500 level courses is found in section 3.1 and is depicted in Figure 3.2.
3.7 Approval of Non Credit Courses Numbered AC000-AC049 or A000-A049 and changes to these courses
These courses are not offered for academic credit. Courses numbered AC000-AC049 earn Continuing Education Units (CEU) and may be used for Workforce Credentials. These courses are approved by as indicated in the approval process outlined in section 3.1.
The approval process for non-credit and CEU courses is found in section 3.1 and is depicted in Figure 3.2.
3.8 Approval of Doctoral Programs
The program approval process in section 3.1 for approving programs is not applicable to doctoral programs.
It is necessary for programs to consult with OAA before starting work on doctoral program proposals. The primary point of contact with OAA is the Vice Provost for Research and Graduate Studies.
The doctoral approval process consists of two stages: A Justification Proposal and a Full Proposal.
Justification Proposal
The Justification Proposal is a relatively brief document that addresses how the proposed doctoral program meets specific criteria important to the process for deciding if the program is viable and needed. This proposal requires that the basic structure of the program be well designed to meet standards that will ensure that the program is likely to be successful. At this stage, the curriculum pieces (PAR, CAR, and CCG) are not to be included. Section 3.8.1 is the Justification Proposal Outline and includes all the criteria for the proposal. The Justification Proposal follows the normal curriculum approval process through the Provost and Chancellor with additional review by the Graduate Council and the Dean of Graduate Studies.
Formatted: Font: Bold, Italic
109
11 Section 7 – Programs
Full Proposal
The Full Proposal is an expansion on the Justification Proposal and includes the curriculum piecesdocuments. The Full Proposal's main purpose is to showdemonstrate that the proposed program meets the standards of all applicable accreditation agencies. The program must identify all relevant accreditation standards and demonstrate how the program meets the standards. This document is essentially an accreditation self-study document. As a part of the Full Proposal package, the program will fill out a checklist where they will indicate that certain criteria important to the institution are addressed in the package. If a particular item on the checklist is not included in the accreditation analysis, then the program will be required to include an analysis of how the particular institutional requirement is met. Section 3.8.2 is the Full Proposal Outline and includes all the criteria for the proposal. The Full Proposal follows the normal curriculum approval process through the Provost and Chancellor with additional review by the Graduate Council and the Dean of Graduate Studies. Once approved at UAA the full proposal is forwarded to the UA Board of Regents and the NWCCU by the UAA Office of Academic Affairs.
3.8.1 Justification Proposal
The purpose of this document is to articulate to individuals and groups in the campus curriculum approval process the relevant details of yourthe proposed program so that decisions can be made relative to the viability of the proposed program. YourThe proposal must include the following sections and address the identified issues. Do not include curriculum (i.e., PAR, CARs, and CCGs) documents at this stage.
The justification proposal is be to reviewed and approved, with signatures, by the proposing department, the applicable college or school curriculum committee and Dean, the Graduate Council and Dean of the Graduate School, the Graduate Academic Board, the Faculty Senate, and the Provost.
Prior to approval by the Provost an external review (which may include a site visit if determined to be needed at the justification level) shall be conducted. This review is to focus on need, demand, program quality, and physical resources. The review panel is to consist of three highly qualified individuals from the profession and/or peer institutions in the specific field/discipline of the proposed program. The unit proposing the doctorate recommends potential members of the review panel; however the members of the review panel are selected and appointed by the Provost.
1. Brief Description of the Proposed Doctorate (Maximum of one page, 1.5 spaced and 12 point font) (Name, degree initials, proposed by (person, department, college), brief description of the target group of students, brief description of the key characteristics of the degree; mission statement; Key objectives as expressed as learner outcomes-no more than six; mode of offering; relationship to, and impact on, existing programs and courses)
2. Justification of the Proposal on the Basis of Need (Maximum of two pages; include as appendices statements from professional associations etc) (Typical headings include: needs in the profession, needs in the state, needs in terms of training high level leaders, relevance for higher education employment, employment demands)
3. Justification of the Proposal on the Basis of Prospective Student Demand (Maximum of two pages; include as appendices the survey used) (Typical headings include: General survey details, distribution list, response rate, responses by relevant demographics, 5-year enrollment projection table)
4. Identify Several Peer Programs (Maximum of one page) (Are there any similar programs at UA, other Alaska universities; describe, and provide web links for, peer programs and name of their universities)
5. Brief Description of the Entry Requirements (Maximum of one page) (Clearly articulate admissions requirements, such as Degree level, previous professional experience, or
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5"
Formatted: Font: Bold
Formatted: Font: Bold
Formatted: Font: Bold
Formatted: Font: Bold
Formatted: Font: Bold
110
12 Section 7 – Programs
other prerequisite requirements. Describe the process for selecting students. Note that each doctoral program is required to have an admissions committee of at least three members.)
6. Faculty Qualifications (Maximum one page; summarize in a table with 6 columns as below) (Personnel; highest degree; top 5 refereed publications in the last five years; no more than 5 key presentations in the last 5 years; external competitive research grants won in the last 5 years; significant industrial/professional experience in that field in the last 5 years)
7. Student Services (Maximum of one page) (Indicate advising, office space, scholarships, graduate assistantships, student assistantships, conference attendance)
8. Facilities and Resources (Maximum of two pages; to be signed by the Dean) (Need for staffing, additional faculty, technicians, additional lab space, additional plant, equipment, technology, consumables, library resources network infrastructure, etc.)
9. Budget and Cost Analysis (Maximum of one page) (Specific budget proposal; revenue streams; sustainability; up-front costs; ongoing costs; external funding; UA funding)
10. Identify Relevant Accreditation Agencies and Their Criteria (Maximum of two pages) (NWCCU, State, National, and other professional organizations; provide links to the accreditation's web sites & criteria; How does the program meet basic eligibility and what are the biggest challenges in meeting the criteria.)
11. Program Catalog Copy (Proposed catalog copy; new course titles, numbers, and descriptions)
3.8.2 Full Proposal
This document is used to show how the proposed program meets institutional and accrediting body criteria. The full curriculum (i.e., PAR, CARs, and CCGs) for the program is also to be included. This document is, in essence, an abbreviated self-study showing how the program meets applicable accreditation standards. The full proposal is to be reviewed and approved, with signatures, by the proposing department, the applicable college or school curriculum committee and Dean, the Graduate Council and Dean of the Graduate School, the Graduate Academic Board, and the Faculty Senate.
Prior to approval by the Provost, the external review panel used in the justification proposal shall do a review of the full proposal and provide comments to the program and Provost.
The Office of Academic Affairs will work with the program to develop a final submittal to SAC, the UA Board of Regents, and the Northwest Commission on Colleges and Universities (NWCCU).
Required Outline: 1. Introduction and Program Overview (Name, degree initials, proposed by (person, department, college), brief description of the key characteristics of the degree; mission statement; key objectives expressed as learner outcomes-no more than six) 2. Program Accrediting Standards (if any) (Identify accrediting agency with hyperlinks to their standards; an item by item list of the standards and how the program plans to meet them)
Formatted: Font: Bold
Formatted: Font: Bold
Formatted: Font: Bold
Formatted: Font: Bold
Formatted: Font: Bold
Formatted: Font: Bold
Formatted: Font: 10 pt
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5"
Formatted: Font: 10 pt
111
13 Section 7 – Programs
3. NWCCU Accrediting Standards (an item by item list of criteria and how the program plans to meet the criteria) 4. Institutional Checklist. (As a minimum, the Full Proposal must address the following items. It is probable that many of the items are addressed in prior sections of the full proposal, so the requirement of this section is to provide an index to the parts of the proposal that address the indicated concerns. In the event that a specific concern has not been addressed, please provide discussion about how the proposed program addresses the concern. See the Justification Proposal instructions for the type of information required.)
o Justification on the Basis of Need: Found in section ___________________
o Justification on the Basis of Prospective Student Demand: Found in section ___________________
o Identify Several Peer Programs: Found in section ___________________
o Entry Requirements: Found in section ___________________
o Faculty Qualifications: Found in section ___________________
o Student Services: Found in section ___________________
o Facilities and Resources: Found in section ___________________
o Budget and Cost Analysis: Found in section ___________________
5. Curriculum Documents (PAR, Catalog Copy, CARs, and CCGs) 6. Program Assessment Plan 7. Board of Regents Program Summary "Hex" form
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.25"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.49"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.25"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.49"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.25"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.49"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.25"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.49"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.25"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.49"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.25"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.49"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.25"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5"
112
14 Section 7 – Programs
Figure 3.1: Permanent Academic Course Approval Process
NOTE: Coordination with affected units and faculty listserv ([email protected]) must occur at least 10 working days before consideration by UAB or GAB. See section 5 for details. Also see section 5 for required documents and instructions.
113
15 Section 7 – Programs
Figure 3.2: Non-Permanent (-93, -94) Credit Course, 500-Level Course, and Noncredit/CEU Approval Process
NOTE: Coordination with the faculty listserv ([email protected]) must occur at least 10 working days before submittal to the Governance Office. See section 5 for details Also see section 5 for required documents and instructions.
114
16 Section 7 – Programs
A major revision of an existing program or the development of a new program must be discussed with the Office of Academic Affairs at [email protected] or 907-786-1054
before the curriculum proposal is presented to UAB/GAB. It is best to meet with OAA at the start of program development
Figure 3.3: Program Approval Process
NOTE: Coordination with affected units and faculty listserv ([email protected]) must occur at least 10 working days before consideration by UAB or GAB. See section 7 for details.
115
17 Section 7 – Programs
Before the curriculum proposal is presented to the school/college committees and UAB/GAB, consult with the Office of the Registrar at
[email protected] for a new prefix.
Figure 3.4: Prefix Approval Process
NOTE: Coordination with affected units and faculty listserv ([email protected]) must occur at least 10 working days before consideration by UAB or GAB. See section 4 for details. Also see section 4 for required documents and instructions.
Comment [A1]: Move Figure to Section 3
116
18 Section 4 – Prefixes
117
19 Section 4 – Prefixes
Section 4 - Prefixes
Responsibility for prefixes and their associated courses are assigned to academic departments. All proposals to add, change, inactivate or transfer a prefix must originate with from the academic program currently assigned to the prefix.
4.1 Changes to or Replacement of a Prefix
The school/college must discuss the change or replacement of prefix with the OAA before the proposal is presented to the UAB/GAB for review. OAA contact persons are the Associate Vice Provost for Curriculum and Assessment and or the Academic Project SpecialistAssistant Vice Provost ([email protected], ph 907-786-1054).
1. The following must be submitted to the Governance Office ([email protected]):
1.a. A cover memo summarizing the proposal.
2.b. Signed Program/Prefix Action Request (PAR; www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm)
If the change of prefix affects a degree or certificate, a separate signed PAR must be submitted for each program change, together with revised catalog copy in Word using the track changes function. A Word copy of the current catalog is available on the Governance website. (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance).
3.2. Coordination should take place early in the curriculum process and consists of two steps:
A.a. Coordination memo or email. Coordination is required when the change of prefix has any impact on another course or program. The initiator must contact the department chair/director of every affected program and provide documentation of the changes to the affected programs upon request. Proof of coordination must be provided to the Governance Office.
A list of impacted courses, programs and catalog references can be found by an electronic search of the UAA catalog using keywords such as MATH A172. A spreadsheet (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm) is required listing the reference, the impact (program requirements, electives, selectives, course prerequisite, corequisites), and the page on the current year catalog.
B.b. The initiator is also required to send an email to [email protected] explaining the addition or inactivation of the prefix. The email must include contact information, and must be sent at least 10 working days before being presented at UAB/GAB. The coordination form is no longer used.
3. Approval of changes to or replacement of a prefix follows the curriculum approval process outline in
Section 3. _____________________
4.2 Addition of a Prefix
The school/college must discuss the addition of a prefix with the OAA before the proposal is presented to the UAB/GAB for review. OAA contact persons are the Associate Vice Provost for Curriculum and Assessment and the Academic Project SpecialistAssistant Vice Provost ([email protected], ph 907-786-1054). A new prefix must be requested from the Office of the Registrar. Email address is [email protected]
1. The following must be submitted to the Governance Office ([email protected]):
1.a. A cover memo summarizing the proposal.
2.b. Signed PAR (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm).
Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman,10 pt
Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman,10 pt
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.38", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Startat: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" +Indent at: 0.5"
Field Code Changed
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: a, b, c, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.75"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75"
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indentat: 0.5"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: a, b, c, … + Startat: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" +Indent at: 0.5"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: a, b, c, … + Startat: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" +Indent at: 0.5"
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indentat: 0.5"
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.38", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Startat: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" +Indent at: 0.5"
Field Code Changed
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: a, b, c, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.75" + Tabafter: 1" + Indent at: 1", Tab stops: Not at 1"
118
20 Section 4 – Prefixes
3.c. If the addition of the prefix affects a degree or certificate, a separate signed PAR must be submitted for each program change, together with revised catalog copy in Word using the track changes function. A Word copy of the current catalog is available on the Governance website (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/).
4.2. Coordination should take place early in the curriculum process and consists of two steps:
A. Coordination memo or email. Coordination is required when the new prefix has any impact on another course or program. The initiator must contact the department chair/director of every affected program and provide documentation of the changes to the affected programs upon request. Proof of coordination must be provided to the Governance Office.
B. The initiator is also required to send an email to [email protected] explaining the addition of the prefix. The email must include contact information, and must be sent at least 10 working days before being presented at UAB/GAB. The coordination form is no longer used.
3. Approval of addition of a prefix follows the curriculum approval process outline in Section 3.
_____________________
4.3 Inactivation of a Prefix
The school/college must discuss the inactivation of a prefix with the OAA before the proposal is presented to the UAB/GAB for review. OAA contact persons are the Associate Vice Provost for Curriculum and Assessment and the Academic Project SpecialistAssistant Vice Provost ([email protected], ph 907-786-1054).
1. The following must be submitted to the Governance Office ([email protected]):
1.a. A cover memo summarizing the proposal.
2.b. Signed PAR (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm).
If the inactivation of the prefix affects a degree or certificate, a separate signed PAR must be submitted for each program change, together with revised catalog copy in Word using the track changes function. A Word copy of the current catalog is available on the Governance website (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/).
3.2. Coordination should take place early in the curriculum process and consists of two steps:
a. Coordination memo or email. Coordination is required when the inactivated prefix has any impact on another course or program. The initiator must contact the department chair/director of every affected program and provide documentation of the changes to the affected programs upon request. Proof of coordination must be provided to the Governance Office.
A list of impacted courses, programs and catalog references can be found by an electronic search of the UAA catalog using keywords such as MATH A172. A spreadsheet is required listing the reference, the impact (program requirements, electives, selectives, course prerequisite, corequisites), and the page on the current year catalog.
b. The initiator is also required to send an email to [email protected] explaining the addition or inactivation of the prefix. The email must include contact information, and must be sent at least 10 working days before being presented at UAB/GAB. The coordination form is no longer used. If the addition/inactivation of a prefix impacts a program, catalog copy in Word using the track changes function must be provided.
3. Approval of to inactivate a prefix follows the curriculum approval process outlined in Section 3.
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.38", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Startat: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" +Indent at: 0.5"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.25", List tab + Notat 1"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.38", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Startat: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" +Indent at: 0.5"
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.38", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Startat: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.75" +Tab after: 1" + Indent at: 1", Tab stops: Notat 1"
Field Code Changed
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: a, b, c, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.75" + Tabafter: 1" + Indent at: 1", Tab stops: 1.25",List tab + Not at 1"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.38", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Startat: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.75" +Tab after: 1" + Indent at: 1", Tab stops: Notat 1"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.25", List tab + Notat 1"
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.25", List tab + Notat 1"
Comment [A2]: This seems to be a restatement of item 2 above.
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.38", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Startat: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.75" +Tab after: 1" + Indent at: 1", Tab stops: Notat 1"
119
21 Section 4 – Prefixes
4.3 Transfer of a Prefix
A proposal to transfer responsibility for a prefix and its associated courses to an academic department other than the department currently assigned to the prefix requires approval from the Provost. The proposal is to consists of a memorandum of understanding between the departments stating the requested action and the reason for the action. The memorandum is to be signed by the department chairs of the two departments and the dean/director of each department. The memorandum of understanding is forwarded to OAA for consideration. Proposals approved by the Provost are forwarded to the Office of the Registrar’s Office to changeupdate the relevant records.
Formatted: No bullets or numbering
120
22 Section 4 – Prefixes
Before the curriculum proposal is presented to the school/college committees and UAB/GAB, consult with the Office of the Registrar at
[email protected] for a new prefix.
Figure 3.4: Prefix Approval Process
NOTE: Coordination with affected units and faculty listserv ([email protected]) must occur at least 10 working days before consideration by UAB or GAB. See section 4 for details. Also see section 4 for required documents and instructions.
Comment [A3]: Move Figure to Section 3
121
23 Section 5 – Courses
Section 5 - Courses
5.1 Changes or Revisions to a Course
It is advisable to write the Course Content Guide (CCG) first. The information from the CCG can then be pasted into the CAR. Before developing the CCG, the following need to be considered in addition to the course content: type of course, level, number, whether it will be stacked or cross-listed, prerequisites and registration restrictions, instructor goals and student learing outcomes.
1. The following must be submitted to the Governance Office ([email protected]):
1.a. CAR signed by the initiator, department chair, college curriculum committee chair, and the dean or director or designee. A faculty member may sign no more than two signature lines on the CAR. Exceptions to this rule may be permissible with supporting documentation.
2.b. Completed CCG.
c. If the revised course changes the requirements of the program in which the course is housed, a signed PAR and catalog copy in Word using the track changes function must be provided. (See section 7)
d. Signed Fee Request Form to OAA (one per course) for courses with new, deleted or revised fees. (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm). The Fee Request Form is not required if there are not changes to existing fees.
3.
4.2. Coordination should take place early in the curriculum process and consists of three steps:
A.a. Coordination memo or email. Coordination is required when the revised course has any impact on another course or program. The initiator must contact the department chair/director of every affected program and provide documentation of the changes to the affected programs upon request. Proof of coordination must be provided to the Governance Office.
b. A list of impacted courses, programs and catalog references can be found by an electronic search of the UAA catalog using keywords such as MATH A172. A spreadsheet is required listing the reference, the impacted program/course/catalog copy, the impact (program requirements, electives, selectives, course prerequisite, corequisites), and the page on the current year catalog.
B.c. The initiator is also required to send an email to [email protected] explaining the course revision. The email must include contact information, and must be sent at least 10 working days before being presented at UAB/GAB.
C.3. The initiator is required to send the CAR and CCG to the library liaison for that department (http://consortiumlibrary.org/find/subject_liaison_librarians). It is suggested that this be done early in the curriculum process. The library resource form is no longer used.
5.4. If the revised course is a GER, the appropriate guidelines must be followed (See Section 6). GER review templates are available at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/GER).
6. Signed Fee Request Form to OAA (one per course) for courses with new, deleted or revised fees. (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm)
5. A course may not be scheduled nor registration for a course at UAA take place before the appropriate curriculum approval process has been completed and approved and the course has been entered into the system.
7.6. Changes or revisions to existing courses are approved through the curriculum approval process outline in section 3.
_____________________
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.38" + Tabafter: 0.63" + Indent at: 0.63", Tab stops: 0.88", List tab + Not at 0.63"
Field Code Changed
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Tab stops: 1.25", List tab + Notat 1"
Formatted: Strikethrough
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", No bullets ornumbering
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.38", Tab stops: 0.88", List tab
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 2 +Numbering Style: a, b, c, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.75" + Tabafter: 1" + Indent at: 1", Tab stops: 1.25",List tab + Not at 1"
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.38" + Tabafter: 0.63" + Indent at: 0.63", Tab stops: 0.88", List tab + Not at 0.63"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.38", Tab stops: 0.88", List tab
Comment [A4]: Moved to item 1(d) with an added clarifying statement.
122
24 Section 5 – Courses
5.2 Adding a New Course (including non-credit and CEU courses)
It is advisable to write the CCG first. The information from the CCG can then be pasted into the CAR. Before developing the CCG, the following need to be considered in addition to the course content: type of course, level, number, whether it will be stacked or cross-listed, prerequisites and registration restrictions, instructor goals and student learning outcomes.
A course may not be scheduled nor registration for a course at UAA take place before the appropriate curriculum approval process has been completed and approved and the course has been entered into the system. 5.2.1 Permanent Credit Courses (050-499 and 600-699)
1. The following must be submitted to the Governance Office ([email protected]):
1.a. CAR signed by the initiator, department chair, college curriculum committee chair, and the dean or director or designee.
2.b. Completed CCG.
c. If the new course changes the requirements of the program in which the course is housed, a signed PAR and catalog copy in Word using the track changes function must be provided.
Signed Resource Implication Form (one per discipline). List all course/program information on one form.
d. Signed Fee Request Form (one per course) for courses with new or revised fees (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm). The Fee Request Form is not required if the course isdoes not to have fees or an existing general program fee is to be applied.
3.
4.2. Coordination should take place early in the curriculum process and consists of three steps:
a. Coordination memo or email. Coordination is required when the new course has any impact on another course or program. The initiator must contact the department chair/director of every affected program and provide documentation of the changes to the affected programs upon request. Proof of coordination must be provided to the Governance Office.
A list of impacted courses, programs and catalog references can be found by an electronic search of the UAA catalog using keywords such as MATH A172. A spreadsheet is required listing the reference, the impacted program/course/catalog copy, the impact (program requirements, electives, selectives, course prerequisite, corequisites), and the page of the current year catalog.
b. The initiator is also required to send an email to [email protected] explaining the new course. The email must include contact information, and must be sent at least 10 working days before being presented at UAB/GAB.
c. The initiator is required to send the CAR and CCG to the Library Liaison for that department (http://consortiumlibrary.org/find/subject_liaison_librarians). The library resource form is no longer used.
3. If the new course is proposed as a GER, the appropriate guidelines must be followed (See Section 6). GER review templates are available at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/GER).
5.4. The curriculum approval process to be followed is found in section 3.1 and is depicted in Figure 3.1
6. Signed Resource Implication Form (one per discipline). List all course/program information on one form.
7. Signed Fee Request Form (one per course) for courses with new or revised fees (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm).
Formatted: No bullets or numbering
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.38", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Startat: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.75" +Tab after: 1" + Indent at: 1", Tab stops: Notat 1"
Field Code Changed
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: a, b, c, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.75"
Formatted: Font: Bold
Field Code Changed
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", No bullets ornumbering
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.38", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Startat: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.75" +Tab after: 1" + Indent at: 1", Tab stops: Notat 1"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.38", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Startat: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.75" +Tab after: 1" + Indent at: 1", Tab stops: Notat 1"
Formatted: Font: Not Italic
Comment [A5]: Moved to item 1 above
123
25 Section 5 – Courses
8. A course may not be scheduled nor registration for a course at UAA take place before the appropriate curriculum approval process has been completed and approved and the course has been entered into the system.
5.2.2 Non-Permanent (-93, -94) Credit Course, 500-Level Course, and Noncredit/CEU Course
1. The following must be submitted to the Governance Office ([email protected]):
a. CAR signed by the initiator, department chair, college curriculum committee chair, and the dean or director or designee.
b. Completed CCG.
c. If the new course changes the requirements of the program in which the course is housed, a signed PAR and catalog copy in Word using the track changes function must be provided.
d. Signed Resource Implication Form (one per discipline).
e. Signed Fee Request Form (one per course) for courses with new or revised fees (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm). The Fee Request Form is not required if the course does not have fees or an existing general program fee is to be applied.
2. Coordination should take place early in the curriculum process and consists of three steps:
a. Coordination memo or email. Coordination is required when the new course has any impact on another course or program. The initiator must contact the department chair/director of every affected program and provide documentation of the changes to the affected programs upon request. Proof of coordination must be provided to the Governance Office.
A list of impacted courses, programs and catalog references can be found by an electronic search of the UAA catalog using keywords such as MATH A172. A spreadsheet is required listing the reference, the impacted program/course/catalog copy, the impact (program requirements, electives, selectives, course prerequisite, corequisites), and the page of the current year catalog.
b. The initiator is also required to send an email to [email protected] explaining the new course. The email must include contact information, and must be sent at least 10 working days before approval by OAA.
c. The initiator is required to send the CAR and CCG to the Library Liaison for that department (http://consortiumlibrary.org/find/subject_liaison_librarians). The library resource form is no longer used.
3. The curriculum approval process to be followed is found in section 3.1 and is depicted in Figure 3.2
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.38"
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.88" + Tabafter: 1.13" + Indent at: 1.13"
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: a, b, c, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 1" + Indent at: 1.25"
Formatted: Strikethrough
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.25"
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.88" + Tabafter: 1.13" + Indent at: 1.13"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: a, b, c, … + Startat: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.75" +Tab after: 1" + Indent at: 1", Tab stops: Notat 1"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.25"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: a, b, c, … + Startat: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.75" +Tab after: 1" + Indent at: 1", Tab stops: Notat 1"
Comment [A6]: Moved to item 1 above
Formatted: Font: Italic
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 3 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.75" + Tabafter: 1" + Indent at: 1"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.38", Space Before: 6 pt, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering Style:1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 + Alignment: Left +Aligned at: 0.88" + Tab after: 1.13" + Indentat: 1.13", Don't adjust space between Latinand Asian text, Don't adjust space betweenAsian text and numbers
124
26 Section 5 – Courses
Figure 3.1: Permanent Academic Course Approval Process
NOTE: Coordination with affected units and faculty listserv ([email protected]) must occur at least 10 working days before consideration by UAB or GAB. See section 5 for details. Also see section 5 for required documents and instructions.
Formatted: Tab stops: Not at 2.45"
Comment [A7]: Move Figure to section 3
125
27 Section 5 – Courses
Figure 3.2: Non-Permanent (-93, -94) Credit Course, 500-Level Course, and Noncredit/CEU Approval Process
NOTE: Coordination with the faculty listserv ([email protected]) must occur at least 10 working days before submittal to the Governance Office. See section 5 for details Also see section 5 for required documents and instructions.
Formatted: Normal
Comment [A8]: Move Figure to section 3
Formatted: Normal, Left
Formatted: Normal
126
28 Section 5 – Courses
5.3 Deleting a Course
1. The following must be submitted to the Governance Office ([email protected]):
1.a. CAR signed by the initiator, the department chair, the college curriculum committee chair, and the dean or director or designee.
2.b. Signed PAR, if needed. If the course deletion affects a degree or certificate, a separate signed PAR must be submitted for each program, together with revised catalog copy in Word using the track changes function.
3.2. Coordination should take place early in the curriculum process and consists of two steps:
a. Coordination memo or email. Coordination is required when the deleted course has any impact on another course or program. The initiator must contact the department chair/director of every affected program and provide documentation of the changes to the affected programs upon request. Proof of coordination must be provided to the Governance Office.
A list of impacted courses, programs and catalog references can be found by an electronic search of the UAA catalog using keywords such as MATH A172. A spreadsheet (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm) is required listing the reference, the impacted program/course/catalog copy, the impact (program requirements, electives, selectives, course prerequisite, corequisites), and the page on the current year catalog.
Reference to a deleted course in impacted programs and courses will be struck from the catalog and from Banner.
b. The initiator is also required to send an email to [email protected] explaining the deletion. The email must include contact information, and must be sent at least 10 working days before being presented at UAB/GAB. The coordination form is no longer used.
3. Purge List
A purge list is compiled annually for courses not offered successfully in the previous four academic years. If a course has not been successfully offered in the previous four academic years, then that course will be purged from the catalog unless the department responsible for the course provides a clear justification for retaining the course in the catalog. This justification must be submitted to UAB/GAB for review. Reference to a purged course in impacted programs and courses will be struck from the catalog and from Banner.
4. GER Course Purge List
UAA policy states that a course may not remain on the GER list if it has not been offered successfully at least once during the past four semesters, excluding summer. The list of GER courses will be provided to UAB by Enrollment Services each spring. Review of the GER list will be done annually by UAB in the spring semester.
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.38", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Startat: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" +Indent at: 0.5"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: a, b, c, … + Startat: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" +Tab after: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5", Tab stops:Not at 0.5"
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indentat: 0.5"
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indentat: 0.5"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5"
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indentat: 0.5"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5"
127
29 Section 6 – GER
Section 6 - General Education Requirement (GER)
6.1 General Education and General Course Requirements
The Associate of Arts degree program and programs at the baccalaureate level must comply with the UAA General Education Requirements specified for that program in the catalog. Associate of Applied Science degree programs and undergraduate certificate programs of 30 credits or more must have identifiable general education components in the areas of communication, computation and human relations. These components must be at the collegiate level, must require a combined effort equivalent to at least 6 academic credits (for the program), and their student learning outcomes must be assessed. The student learning outcomes of these general requirements may be met through specific courses or through activities embedded in the major requirements. If embedded, programs will be asked to identify the number and types of exercises used to fulfill these requirements and to describe their assessment methods. When an action involves a change in GER, the UAB will refer the action, preferably with recommendations, to the General Education Review Committee (GERC). When an action involves a change in the GER, the initiator must communicate with all affected faculty in school/colleges, community campuses (including Prince William Sound Community College), deans, and their assistants. All GER courses must have instructional goals and assessable student learning outcomes that are consistent with the current UAA catalog GER category descriptors and the appropriate GER Student Learning Outcomes. See the Governance webpage at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/GER . All GER courses are subject to ongoing review and approval through the normal Governance process on a cycle, proposed by the departments and approved by the colleges, which must not exceed 10 years. The GERC is a standing committee of the UAB reporting to the UAB. The GERC review process is as follows:
1. Department/school/college prepare proposal and coordinate
2. UAB agenda (first reading)
3. GER Committee of UAB
4. UAB agenda (second reading)
5. Faculty Senate (approved actions of UAB only)
6. Administration (approved actions of the UAA Faculty Senate only)
_____________________
6.2 Revision of or Request for GER Course
It is advisable to write the CCG first. The information from the CCG can then be pasted into the CAR. Before developing the CCG, the following need to be considered in addition to the course content: type of course, level, number, whether it will be stacked or cross-listed, prerequisites and registration restrictions, instructor goals and student learning outcomes.
1. In Aadditional Considerations: The appropriate GER templates must be applied (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/)
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indentat: 0.5"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Tab stops: 0.75", List tab + Not at 0.5"
128
30 Section 6 – GER
Addresses GER student learning outcomes from the GER Preamble (www.uaa.alaska.edu/records/catalogs/catalogs.cfm)
Meets category definition from Board of Regents Regulation (www.alaska.edu/bor/policy-regulations/)
Addresses and assesses GER student learning outcomes for the classification descriptions described in the catalog (www.uaa.alaska.edu/records/catalogs/catalogs.cfm) and this handbook
Provides rationale for adding this course to the GER menu
Actions involving changes in GER are referred to the GERC after first reading at UAB. After GERC review and approval, the second reading takes place at UAB.
2. The following must be submitted to the Governance Office ([email protected]):
1.a. Signed CAR.
2.b. Completed CCG.
If the new or revised course affects a degree or certificate, a separate signed PAR must be submitted for each program change, together with revised catalog copy in Word using the track changes function. A Word copy of the current catalog is available on the Governance website (www.uaa.alaska.edu/records/catalogs/catalogs.cfm).
c. Signed Fee Request Form (one per course) for courses with new, deleted or revised fees. (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm). The Fee Request Form is not required if there are not changes to existing fees.
3. Coordination should be done early in the process and consists of three steps:
a. Coordination memo or email. Coordination is required when the new course has any impact on another course or program. The initiator must contact the department chair/director of every affected program and provide documentation of the changes to the affected programs upon request. Proof of coordination must be provided to the Governance Office.
A list of impacted courses, programs and catalog references can be found by an electronic search of the UAA catalog using keywords such as MATH A172. A spreadsheet is required listing the reference, the impacted program/course/catalog copy, the impact (program requirements, electives, selectives, course prerequisite, corequisites), and the page on the current year catalog.
b. The initiator is also required to send an email to [email protected] explaining the revision or new course. The email must include contact information, and must be sent at least 10 working days before being presented at UAB/GAB. The coordination form is no longer used.
c. The initiator is required to send the CAR and CCG to the library liaison for that department (http://consortiumlibrary.org/find/subject_liaison_librarians). The library resource form is no longer used.
4. Signed Fee Request Form to OAA (one per course) for new, deleted or revised fees (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm). GER courses are approved through the curriculum approval process outlined in section 3.
_____________________
6.3 Deletion of a GER Course
UAA policy states that a course may not remain on the GER list if it has not been offered successfully at least once during the past four semesters, excluding summer sessions. The list of GER courses will be provided to UAB by Enrollment Services each spring. Review of the GER list will be done annually by UAB in the spring semester.
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Tab stops: 0.75", List tab + Not at 0.5"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5"
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indentat: 0.5"
Field Code Changed
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Font: Not Bold
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: a, b, c, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.75"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75"
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: a, b, c, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.75"
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indentat: 0.5"
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indentat: 0.5"
129
31 Section 7 – Programs
Section 7 - Programs
7.1 Minor Revisions to Programs (includes new option within a program)
Minor Revisions to Programs are changes that do not
‘substantially alter the student learning outcomes of the program’
Also refer to UA Regulation 10.04.02 www.alaska.edu/bor/policy-regulations/
Minor program revisions are approved through the standard curriculum review process at UAA as outlined in section 3. The final approval rests with the Provost. Reviews by the Systemwide Academic CouncilSAC, the Board of RegentsBOR and the Commission on CollegesNWCCU are not necessary. The school/college must discuss the proposal to determine the magnitude of the change and the document requirements with the OAA. OAA contact persons are Accreditation Liaison Officer and either the Associate Vice Provost for Curriculum and Assessment for undergraduate programs and or the Academic Project SpecialistVice Provost for Research and Graduate Studies for graduate programs ([email protected], ph 907-786-1054).
1. Program proposals or program changes must be initiated by a faculty member, reviewed by the department’s curriculum committee/chair, the school/college curriculum committee, and finally the dean/director of the school/college.
The governance office forwards minor revisions to program descriptions and student outcomes to the Provost for approval and then to the Office of the Registrar. These revisions are considered by the academic boards only upon the request of a board member.
2. After review by the college curriculum committee, program proposals or revisions must be signed by the dean/director/designee and submitted to the Governance Office, A hard copy of the proposal signed by the dean is forwarded to the Governance Office along with an electronic version of the full proposal.
1. The following must be submitted to the Governance Office ([email protected]):
1.a. PAR signed by the initiator, the department chair, the curriculum committee chair, and the dean or director or designee (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm). A faculty member may sign no more than two signature lines on the PAR. Exceptions to this rule may be permissible with supporting documentation.
2.b. Complete program catalog copy in Word using the track changes function including student learning outcomes for the program or a web address linked to the student outcomes. A Word copy of the current catalog is available on the Governance website (www.uaa.alaska.edu/records/catalogs/catalogs.cfm)
c. All course CARs and CCGs for new and revised courses.
d. Four-Year Course Offering Plan for the program.
e. Signed Resource Implication Form.
f. Signed Fee Request Form (for new, deleted or revised fees).
g. Programs designated as Gainful Employment programs must also complete additional documentation for the Financial Aid office.
3.
4.2. Coordination should take place early in the process and consists of three steps:
a. Coordination memo or email. Coordination is required when the revision has any impact on another course or program. The initiator must contact the department chair/director of every affected program and provide documentation of the changes to the affected programs upon
Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman
Comment [A9]: Restatement of information in section 3.
Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman,Not Bold
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indentat: 0.5"
Field Code Changed
Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman,Not Bold
Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman,Not Bold
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: a, b, c, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.38" + Tabafter: 0.63" + Indent at: 0.63"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.63", No bullets ornumbering
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indentat: 0.5"
130
32 Section 7 – Programs
request. Examples are when courses are deleted/added to a program or when prerequisites/registration restrictions are changed. Proof of coordination must be provided to the Governance Office. The coordination form is no longer used.
b. The initiator is also required to send an email to [email protected] explaining the new course. The email must include contact information, and must be sent at least 10 working days before being presented at UAB/GAB.
c. The initiator is required to send the CARs and CCGs to the library liaison for that department (http://consortiumlibrary.org/find/subject_liaison_librarians). The library resource form is no longer used.
The following will be sent from the Governance Office to the OAA.
a. Four-Year Course Offering Plan for the program.
b. Signed Resource Implication Form.
c.a. Signed Fee Request Form (for new, deleted or revised fees).The program approval process is outlined in section 3.
_____________________
7.2 Programs which have MATH, ENGL, and/or COMM requirements
7.2.1 Programs which have MATH program requirements:
It is recommended that programs with a specific MATH requirements use the following language in specifying the requirement:
“MATH A or any MATH course for which MATH A is in the prerequisite chain.” Rationale: In programs with specific mathematics requirements (e.g., MATH A105), students can meet those requirements with either
a. A course specifically required by the program (e.g., MATH A105) or b. A higher-level mathematics course (e.g., MATH A200) that has the specifically –required
course (e.g., MATH A105) in its pre-requisite chain. Rationale: This change will allow students who have taken MATH A200 to use this course in a program that requires MATH A105 without going through the petition process. Rewriting the requirement as indicated will reduce the number of petitions a students must process.
7.2.2 Programs which have ENGL A111 as a specific major requirement:
It is recommended that programs with a specific MATH requirements use the following language in specifying the requirement:
“ENGL A111 or ENGL A1W- Written Communication GER.” Rationale: In programs with ENGL A111 as a specific major requirement, students can meet that requirement with either
a. ENGL A111 or b. Transfer course which meets Written Communication GER
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indentat: 0.5"
Comment [A10]: This should be item ‘3’
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5"
131
33 Section 7 – Programs
Rationale: This change will allow use of transfer course work which meets Written Communication GER standards without going through the petition process. Rewriting the requirement as indicated will reduce the number of petitions a students must process.
7.2.3 Programs which have COMM A111, A235, A237, or A241 as a specific major requirements:
It is recommended that programs with a specific the GER COMM as a program requirement use the following language in specifying the requirement: “Oral Communication Skills GER.”
Rationale: In programs which list Oral Communication Skills GER, students can meet those requirements with either
a. COMM A111, A235, A237, or A241 or b. Transfer course which meets Oral Communication GER
Rationale: Many programs currently have a specific requirement which mirrors that Oral Communication GER (Requires COMM A111, A235, A237, or A241). Students who transfer in a communication class which meets GER but not specifically one of those courses must complete a petition. Rewriting the requirement as indicated will reduce the number of petitions a students must process.
7.3 New Non-Doctoral Programs and Major Changes to ALL Programs
The initiating department must discuss a proposal for a major revision of an existing program or the development of a new program with the appropriate dean and OAA before the curriculum proposal is presented to the college curriculum committee/UAB/GAB for review. Schools/colleges are encouraged to contact OAA early in the approval process. Proposals should include information listed in Section 4 of this handbook. OAA contact persons are the Associate Vice Provost for Curriculum and Assessment or the Academic Project Specialist ([email protected], ph 907-786-1054)for assistance with undergraduate programs and the Vice Provost for Research and Graduate Studies for graduate programs. This section applies to Workforce Credentials, Undergraduate Certificates, Associate Degrees, Baccalaureate Degrees, Minors, Post-Baccalaureate Certificates, Graduate Certificates and Master’s Degrees except as noted.
Also refer to UA Regulation 10.04.02 www.alaska.edu/bor/policy-regulations/
1. The OAA assists the initiators in determining the proposed program’spreparing the documents necessary for review and approval by the Board of Regents and NWCCU as needed. Depending on the nature of the proposal, these forms address the following issues:
a. Relationship to the Board of Regents’ Strategic Planof the proposed program .relative to the Educational mission of the University of Alaska and the MAU.
a.b. Collaboration with other universities and community colleges.
c. Contribution to the UAA missions and priorities, and alignment with the UAA values and standards expressed in the UAA Academic Plan.History of the development of the proposed program or program changes.
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5"
Comment [A11]: See prior section for new contact information.
132
34 Section 7 – Programs
d. Demand for the program, relation to State of Alaska long-range development, relation to other programs in the University that may depend or interact with the proposed program, including the GER.
b.e. State needs met by the proposed program.
c. Alignment with department and college mission and priorities as stated in their plans.Availability of appropriate student services for program participants
d.f. Projected effect on the established UAA performance measuresA schedule for implementation of the program.
g. Projected demand, efficiencies and strategic importance for the stateStudent opportunities, student learning outcomes, and enrollment projections.
h. Rationale for the new program and educational objectives, student learning outcomes, and plans for assessment.
e.i. Opportunities for research and community engagement for admitted students.
f.j. Effectiveness of the program assessments and continuous improvement plansFaculty and staff workload implications.
k. Projected effects on programmatic, departmental, college or institutional accreditationFiscal Plan for the proposed program
g.l. Library, equipment and similar resource requirements, including availability, appropriateness and quality.
m. Overall costs and required commitments for program implementation and continuationNew facility or renovated space requirements.
h.n. Concurrence of appropriate advisory councils.
2. Curriculum must be initiated by a faculty member, reviewed by the department’s curriculum committee/chair, the school/college curriculum committee, and the dean/director of the school/college.
After review by the College Curriculum Committee, curriculum must be signed by the dean/director/designee and submitted to the Governance Office. A hard copy of the proposal signed by the dean is forwarded to the Governance Office along with an electronic version of the full proposal.
2. The following information documents will be sent from via the Governance Officemust be submitted to OAA before the program can be sent onto the SAC, the BOR, and NWCCU for review and approval, as necessary. These documentsy will not be reviewed by the academic boards. Forms and templates for these submittals are obtained from OAA.
a. Four-Year Course Offering Plan for the Program.
b. A budget worksheet.
a.c. Board of Regents Program Action Request Form
d. Board of Regents Prospectus and Executive Summary fForms (www.alaska.edu/bor/policy-regulations/) which addresses all requirements and policies approved by the Statewide Academic Council (SAC) (http://www.alaska.edu/research/sac/) and the Board of RegentsBOR..
b.e. The Dean’s office, in consultation with the initiating faculty, prepares a budget and complete fiscal plan which projects all revenue and expenses for the implementation and continued operation of the program, documents both student and community demand and projects enrollments and graduates over
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.31" + Tabafter: 0.56" + Indent at: 0.56"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", No bullets ornumbering
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", No bullets ornumbering
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Outlinenumbered + Level: 1 + Numbering Style: a, b,c, … + Start at: 1 + Alignment: Left + Alignedat: 0" + Indent at: 0.25"
133
35 Section 7 – Programs
a five year period. This includes a signed Resource Implication Form and a signed Fee Request Form (if needed).
c. Initiating faculty, department chair and dean collaborate in presenting projected faculty assignments and qualifications.
d.f. The academic department prepares Aan student learning outcomes assessment plan for student outcomesfor review by the Academic Assessment Committee.
e.g. The academic department, in consultation with the dean, the Director of Risk Management, and legal counsel, prepareA a risk management plan where required. This is developed in conjunction with the program’s Dean/Director, the Director of Risk Management, and legal counsel as needed.
f. Approval to Admit Form – for program admission prior to catalog publication.
3. In addition to the above documents, tThe following must be submitted to the Governance Office. These documents will be reviewed by the appropriate academic boards for all new program proposals and proposals for major program changes (with the exception of Workforce Credentials): ([email protected]):
1.a. A cover memo summarizing the proposal.
2.b. Signed PAR (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm).
3.c. Complete catalog copy in Word using the track changes function, including student learning outcomes for the program or a web address linked to the student learning outcomes. A Word copy of the current catalog is available on the Governance website (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/).
d. CARs and CCGs for all new and revised courses.
4. The approval process for new programs and programs with major changes is outlined in section 3.
5. Coordination needs to take place early in the process and consists of 3 steps:
A. Coordination memo or email. Coordination is required when the revision has any impact on another course or program. The initiator must contact the department chair/director of every affected program and provide documentation of the changes to the affected programs upon request. Proof of coordination must be provided to the Governance Office. The coordination form is no longer used.
B. The initiator is also required to send an email to [email protected] explaining the new program or program revision. The email must include contact information, and must be sent at least 10 working days before being presented at UAB/GAB.
C. The initiator is required to send the PAR, CARs, CCGs and program proposals to the library liaison for that department (http://consortiumlibrary.org/find/subject_liaison_librarians). The library resource form is no longer used.
6. In cases where the chair of the academic board, in consultation with the Provost, determines that additional input is needed for consideration of a proposal, arrangements will be made by the OAA to obtain that input and present it to the appropriate board(s).
7. After the final reading by UAB/GAB, the initiating faculty member is responsible for the preparation of the corrected final documents and submission to the Governance Office before UAA Faculty Senate takes action.
8. The Governance Office prepares the UAB/GAB reports for the UAA Faculty Senate. The Senate then reviews and acts on the proposed programs and academic policies.
9. UAB/GAB chair signs CAR.
10. The Provost (or designee) reviews and acts on programs and academic policies.
11. Upon recommendation of the Provost, the Chancellor reviews and acts on academic policies.
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.31" + Tabafter: 0.56" + Indent at: 0.56"
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: a, b, c, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.75"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", No bullets ornumbering
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.31", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Startat: 4 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.56" +Indent at: 0.81"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25", No bullets ornumbering
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", No bullets ornumbering
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25", No bullets ornumbering
134
36 Section 7 – Programs
12. The OAA forwards new programs and any major revisions of existing programs to the Systemwide Academic Council (SAC) for review. The initiator needs to check Standard 2 and Policy A-2 in the Northwest Commission on Colleges and Universities Accreditation Handbook to ensure the program is in compliance with the requirements of Commission on Colleges. The handbook is at www.nwccu.org.
13. SAC forwards program initiatives to the President who gives particular attention to:
A. Identifying the needs and opportunities important to Alaska’s future.
B. Responding to the needs identified.
C. Maintaining high levels of accountability, including extensive fiscal and program evaluation.
14. Upon recommendation of the President, the Board of Regents (BOR) reviews and acts on new programs or major program changes. The BOR requires 60-days advance notification to have items placed on the agenda. See www.alaska.edu/bor/policy-regulations/ for BOR degree and certificate program approval criteria.
15. After BOR approval the Governance Office sends the approved programs and academic policies to the Office of the Registrar.
16. Upon approval by the BOR, the OAA sends a prospectus describing program initiatives to the Northwest Commission on Colleges and Universities for review. This prospectus is prepared by the originating academic department in consultation with the OAA. See Appendix B for links to examples.
The commission determines the program’s effect on the institutional accreditation held by UAA. The determination can range from No Effect to Major Substantive Change. Each determination is normally accompanied by additional reports or site visits that must be hosted by the program and the university. Admission of students to a new program should not precede program approval by the commission.
17. After appropriate reviews are completed, the program or academic policy appears in the next catalog or schedule for which the publication deadline was met, unless a later implementation date has been requested. Effective date of the action normally cannot precede the publication date of the first catalog or schedule in which it is to appear.
18. New certificate programs require an additional review and approval by the US Department of Education (US DoE) before admitted students are eligible for federal financial aid. This review is initiated by the UAA Director of Student Financial Aid after Regents’ approval of the program. US DoE approval usually occurs within 90 days of submission.
19.5. Degree and certificate requirements are effective from fall through summer of each catalog publication.
7.43 New Doctoral Programs
The initiating department must discuss a proposal for a new doctoral program with the appropriate dean and Vice Provost for Research and Graduate Studies before the curriculum proposal is presented to the college curriculum committee/GAB for review. Schools/colleges are encouraged to contact the Vice Provost for Research and Graduate Studies early in the approval process. Proposals should include information listed in Section 3.8of this handbook.
1. The Vice Provost for Research and Graduate Studies assists the initiators in preparing the documents necessary for review and approval by the Board of Regents and NWCCU as needed. These documents are described in Section 3.8.
a. Justification Proposal. This proposal addresses criteria to used to determine the viability and need for the program.
b. Full Proposal. This proposal consists of the suite of curriculum documents needed to see the program through the UAA curriculum process, SAC review, BOR approval, and NWCCU acceptance.
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", No bullets ornumbering
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25", No bullets ornumbering
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25", No bullets ornumbering
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.38", Numbered +Level: 1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Startat: 5 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.56" +Tab after: 0.81" + Indent at: 0.81", Tabstops: Not at 0.81"
Formatted: Font: Times New Roman, Italic
Comment [A12]: Fix contact information
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.31" + Tabafter: 0.56" + Indent at: 0.56"
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: a, b, c, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.75" + Tabafter: 1" + Indent at: 1"
135
37 Section 7 – Programs
2. The following documents must be submitted to OAA before the program can be sent on the SAC, the BOR, and NWCCU as necessary. These documents will not be reviewed by the academic boards. Forms and templates for these submittals are obtained from OAA.
a. Four-Year Course Offering Plan for the Program.
b. A budget worksheet.
c. Board of Regents Program Action Request Form
d. Board of Regents Prospectus and Executive Summary forms (www.alaska.edu/bor/policy-regulations/) which addresses all requirements and policies approved by the Statewide Academic Council (SAC) (http://www.alaska.edu/research/sac/) and the Board of Regents.
e. Resource Implication Form and a signed Fee Request Form (if needed).
f. A student learning outcomes assessment plan for review by the Academic Assessment Committee.
g. A risk management plan where required. This is developed in conjunction with the program’s Dean/Director, the Director of Risk Management, and legal counsel as needed.
3. In addition to the above documents, the following must be submitted to the Governance Office. These documents will be reviewed by GAV for all new doctoral program proposals ([email protected]):
a. A cover memo summarizing the proposal. b. The full proposal document outlined in section 3.8
c. Signed PAR (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm).
d. Complete catalog copy in Word using the track changes function, including student learning outcomes for the program or a web address linked to the student learning outcomes. A Word copy of the current catalog is available on the Governance website (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/).
e. CARs and CCGs for all new and revised courses.
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.31" + Tabafter: 0.56" + Indent at: 0.56"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Outlinenumbered + Level: 1 + Numbering Style: a, b,c, … + Start at: 1 + Alignment: Left + Alignedat: 0" + Indent at: 0.25"
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Outlinenumbered + Level: 1 + Numbering Style: a, b,c, … + Start at: 1 + Alignment: Left + Alignedat: 0" + Indent at: 0.25"
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.31" + Tabafter: 0.56" + Indent at: 0.56"
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +Numbering Style: a, b, c, … + Start at: 1 +Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.75"
136
38 Section 7 – Programs
A major revision of an existing program or the development of a new program must be discussed with the Office of Academic Affairs at [email protected] or 907-786-
1054 before the curriculum proposal is presented to UAB/GAB.
Figure 3.3: Program Approval Process
NOTE: Coordination with affected units and faculty listserv ([email protected]) must occur at least 10 working days before consideration by UAB or GAB. See section 7 for details.
Comment [A13]: Move Figure to Section 3
137
39 Section 8 – Policy Additions and Changes
Section 8 - Policy Additions and Changes
New or revised academic policies are proposed to the UAB/GAB. If approved they will be forwarded by the Governance Office to the UAA Faculty Senate, then to the OAA, and finally to the Chancellor’s Office.
UAA Proposals should include:
1. Proposed policy language (include catalog copy in Word using the track changes function if policy is revised).
2. Documents in which proposed language will be inserted (catalog, curriculum handbook, etc.).
3. Proposed implementation date.
Upon recommendation of the Provost, the Chancellor reviews and acts on academic policies.
138
40 Section 9 – CCG Instructions
Section 9 - Step-By-Step Instructions for the Course Content Guide
When developing a new course the CCG should be developed first. Considerations are: level, title, goals and student learning outcomes, content, and bibliography. This information is then transferred to the CAR. The Course Content Guide should provide a concise description of the course. Topical areas, instructional goals and student learning outcomes should be clearly related to each other. It is recommended that the CCG contain five or fewer pages. While there is not a standard template for the CCG, current CARs and CCGs can be found at http://curric.uaa.alaska.edu/curric/courses/. It is also recommended that the faculty initiator consult with the school/college curriculum committee. The CCG for new courses and course changes must include the following which will be transferred to the CAR:
1. The date on which the Course Content Guide was initiated or revised
2. Information directly also on the CAR
A. College or School – Choose from the following the school or college initiating action: AA Academic Affairs AS College of Arts and Sciences CB College of Business and Public Policy CH College of Health CT Community and Technical College EA College of Education EN School of Engineering HW College of Health and Social Welfare HC University Honors College KP Kenai Peninsula College KO Kodiak College MA Matanuska-Susitna College
B. Course Prefix – The prefix affected by the curriculum proposal. Approval of new prefixes must be obtained before the approval of related new/revised curriculum/program changes. See instruction on the PAR form regarding requesting a new prefix.
C. Course Number (for a new course, contact the Office of the Registrar for a number)
i. Reuse of Course Number Rule: When a permanent course number becomes inactive through deletion or purging, it will not be assigned to another course. However, a course can be reinstated using the same number.
ii. Types of Courses
a. Academic Courses: Courses with these numbers count toward undergraduate and graduate degrees and certificates as described. Each course includes a component for evaluation of student performance. Student effort is indicated by credit hours. One credit hour represents three hours of student work per week for a 15-week semester (e.g., one class-hour of lecture and two hours of study or three class-hours of laboratory) for a minimum of 750 minutes of total student engagement, which may include exam periods. Equivalencies to this standard may be approved by the chief academic officer of the university or community college. Academic credit courses are numbered as follows.
The numbering sequence signifies increasing sophistication in a student’s ability to extract, summarize, evaluate and apply relevant class material. Students are expected to demonstrate learning skills commensurate with the appropriate course level, and to meet, prior to registration, prerequisites for all courses as listed with the course descriptions.
139
41 Section 9 – CCG Instructions
UAA and UA Course Level Descriptions (see also the UAA catalog, Chapter 7 and University Regulation R10.04.09): Lower division courses usually taken by freshmen and sophomores
A100-A199: Freshman-level, lower division courses. A200-A299: Sophomore-level, lower division courses
Upper division courses usually taken by juniors and seniors
A300-A399: Junior-level, upper division courses A400-A499: Senior-level, upper division courses
Graduate-level courses
A600-A699: Require a background in the discipline, and an ability to contribute to written and oral discourse on advanced topics in the field.
b. Preparatory/Developmental Courses A050-A099: Preparatory/developmental courses with these numbers provide basic or supplemental preparation for introductory college courses. They are not applicable to transcripted certificates or associate, baccalaureate, or graduate degrees, even by petition.
c. Noncredit Courses A001-A049: Noncredit courses are offered as career development, continuing education, or community interest instruction. Not applicable to any degree or certificate requirements (even by petition).
d. Continuing Education Unit (CEU) courses AC001-AC049: CEU courses are awarded upon completion of a course of study that is intended for career development or personal enrichment. CEU courses may not be used in degree or certificate programs or be converted to academic credit.
e. Professional Development Courses A500-A599: Courses with these numbers are designed to provide continuing education for professionals at a post-baccalaureate level. These courses are not applicable to university degree or certificate program requirements, are not interchangeable with credit courses, even by petition, and may not be stacked with any other course.
NOTE: All permanent numbered courses (A050-A499 and A600-A699) are included in the UAA catalog. If a discipline/department/school/college/community campus does not want a permanent numbered course to be included in the UAA catalog, that exclusion will need UAB/GAB recommendation and approval of the Associate Vice Provost for Curriculum and Assessment (for undergraduate programscourses) or the Vice Provost for Research and Graduate Studies (for graduate coarsescourses).
iii. Course Numbers: Second and Third Digits – The second and third digits of course
numbers in the -90 range are used for specific course types.
-90 Selected topics: A generic “umbrella” course category identifying a defined field or subject area within a discipline. Topics can change from semester to semester within that field or subject area.
-92 Seminar or Workshops:
Seminar: Specifically designed for student participation in exchanging ideas and academic experiences around a central core of subject matter.
Workshop: A formal higher education offering with intensive instruction and
140
42 Section 9 – CCG Instructions
information in a given field.
-93 Special topics: Offered only once to meet short-term needs and are not intended to become part of the permanent catalog.
-94 Trial (experimental): Trial indicates that the faculty wish to offer the course before making the course permanent. May be offered up to three times as a -94 course. Coordination with the faculty listserv (uaa [email protected]) for 094, 194, 294, 394, and 494 courses must occur at least 10 working days before submittal to the Governance Office.
-95 Internship and Practicum
Internship: A student work experience in which the employer or agency is the student’s immediate supervisor, is active in planning the expected student learning outcomes, and is involved in the evaluation of the student’s achievements.
Practicum: A student work experience for which the academic department established the objectives and student learning outcomes.
-97 Independent study: Address topics or problems chosen by the student with appropriate approval. Topics must not duplicate and must differ significantly from catalog courses.
-98 Individual research: Consist of individual research by the student, directly supervised by a faculty member or faculty committee.
-99 Thesis: Involve writing and/or completion of a thesis by the student.
D. Number of Credits/CEUs and Contact Hours – Include the number of semester credits or CEUs for the course. If variable, indicate the minimum and maximum, e.g. 1-3 credits or CEUs. The number of credits/CEUs is in direct relation to the contact hours. If the course is noncredit, enter the appropriate range of contact hours.
Over a 15-week semester, 1 contact hour is equivalent to 50 minutes.
One credit for a lecture course is typically equivalent to 1 contact hour/week for a total of 15 contact hours for the course (or 750 minutes of actual class time [50 minutes/contact hour x 15 contact hours = 750 minutes]).
One credit for a supervised laboratory course is typically awarded 2 contact hours/week for a total of 30 hours (2 x 15 weeks = 30) or 1,500 total contact minutes (30 x 50 minutes/contact hour = 1,500 minutes) of supervised lab time.
One credit of unsupervised laboratory time such as some practica, student teaching, internships, or field work credits is typically awarded 3 contact hours/week or more. Many courses, because of the nature of their subject matter or mode of delivery, require additional student time.
For a lecture course, at least two hours of work outside the class is expected for each credit. For a supervised laboratory class, in addition to 2 contact hours/week in the laboratory, at least one additional hour of outside work is expected for each credit (or a total of 3 contact hours/week in the laboratory will satisfy this requirement).
For courses that are provided in a period less than the standard 15-week semester, the (Lecture + Lab) section should be completed as if the course would be taught in a 15-week period. Additional description should be provided in Box 19 ("Justification for Action") of the CAR and in the CCG to explain the actual course length and required hours per week. For noncredit CEU courses, the total number of lecture and laboratory contact hours for the course should be stated.
141
43 Section 9 – CCG Instructions
i. Summary
Semester = 15 weeks (standard semester length) One (1) Contact Hour = 50 minutes per week (or 750 minutes for the course) Outside Work = Additional time typically outside of classroom or
laboratory One (1) credit = 1 contact hour per week of lecture (15 contact hours
of lecture for course) or
2 contact hours per week of supervised laboratory (or practica) if outside work is needed (30 contact hours for the course)
or 3 contact hours per week of supervised laboratory (or practica) if no outside work is needed (45 contact hours for the course)
(Lecture + Laboratory) = refers to the number of contact hours for lecture and
laboratory per week based on a 15-week semester
ii. Examples
(3+0) = A typical lecture-only course. Equivalent to a 3-credit course with 3 contact hours of lecture and 0 hours of laboratory per week for a total of 135 hours for the course [45 contact lecture hours (3 contact lecture hours/week x 15 weeks = 45) plus 90 hours outside work (6 hours outside lecture/week x 15 weeks = 90) for a total of 135 hours].
(2+2) = A combined lecture and laboratory course. Equivalent to a 3-credit
course with 2 contact hours of lecture and 2 hours of supervised laboratory per week for a total of 135 hours for the course (30 contact hours of lecture and 60 hours outside lecture plus 30 hours lab plus 15 hours outside lab).
(3+2) = A combined lecture and laboratory course. Equivalent to a 4-credit
course with 3 contact hours of lecture and 2 hours of supervised laboratory per week for a total of 180 hours for the course (45 contact hours of lecture and 90 hours outside lecture plus 30 hours of lab and 15 hours outside of lab).
(3+3) = A combined lecture and laboratory course. Equivalent to a 4-credit
course with 3 contact hours of lecture and 3 hours of laboratory (supervised or unsupervised) per week for a total of 180 hours for the course (45 contact hours of lecture and 90 hours outside lecture plus 45 hours of lab and 0 hours outside of lab).
(0+9) = A practicum or field work type course. Equivalent to a 3-credit course
with 0 contact hours of lecture and 9 hours of practicum or field work laboratory (supervised or unsupervised) per week for a total of 135 hours for the course (0 contact hours of lecture plus 135 hours of lab and 0 hours outside of lab).
iii. CEU – The CEU is a unit of measure for noncredit activities. The CEU can be used to
document an individual’s participation in formal classes, courses, and programs as well as in nontraditional modes of noncredit education, including various forms of independent, informal, and experiential study and learning.
142
44 Section 9 – CCG Instructions
Examples: 0.1 CEU = 1 hour of instruction and no additional hours of work for the course. 1 CEU = 10 hours of instruction and no additional hours of work for course. 1.5 CEUs = 15 hours of instruction and no additional hours of work for course. 3.5 CEUs = 20 hours of instruction and 15 hours of required additional work
appropriate to the objectives of the course for course. 2 CEUs = 20 hours of instruction and no additional work, or 40 hours of
laboratory or clinical work.
iv. Minimum Course Length (Compressibility Policy) – The Compressibility Policy states, “Courses scheduled for less than a full semester may not be offered for more than one credit each week (seven days).” Two credits require a minimum of eight days and 3 credits require a minimum of 15 days.
E. Course Title – Insert full title of the course. Titles of existing courses in the data base cannot be used for new/revised courses, except for the following types of courses: dissertation, internship, practicum, project, research, selected topic, seminar, thesis.
F. Grading Basis – Identifies how performance in the course is to be graded (A-F or P/NP [pass/no pass] for academic and professional development courses; NG [no grade] for CEUs and noncredit offerings).
G. Implementation Date – Insert the semester and year that the addition, deletion or change will be implemented.
Careful consideration needs to be given to permanent courses affecting degrees and
certificates. All permanent courses and degree/certificate changes must be submitted in fall semester for publication in the next catalog. Once approved, this date cannot be changed.
Course additions or modifications may be made in conjunction with publication of the class schedule/listing. Since academic units are responsible for providing an adequate transition for students from one set of program requirements to another, units should consider the official implementation date of program changes when implementing the approved changes. The current production calendar can be found on the Governance website at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance.
H. Cross Listing (if applicable) – Cross-listed courses are courses approved under multiple prefixes
and offered at the same time and location.
i. Cross-listed courses are courses approved under multiple prefixes and offered at the same time and location.
ii. Each cross-listed course must have a separate CCG and CAR for each prefix.
iii. Everything except the course prefix must be identical.
iv. Each department is responsible for preparing and providing the appropriate CCG, CAR, supporting documentation. These must be submitted at the same time for UAB/GAB review.
v. When courses are cross-listed, they must be offered and printed in UAA’s schedules and catalog under each prefix. For example, JPC/JUST A413 is listed both in Justice and in Journalism and Public Communications. Cross-listed classes must be offered at the same time in a semester. Each department is responsible for the scheduling and schedule maintenance of their prefix’s section, including additions, changes and deletions.
143
45 Section 9 – CCG Instructions
I. Stacking (if applicable)
i. Stacked courses are courses from the same prefix but at different levels offered at the same time and location.
ii. Existing and new courses may not be stacked unless approved as stacked courses by UAB/GAB.
iii. Courses may not be stacked informally for scheduling purposes.
iv. The course description and course content guide of a stacked course must clearly articulate the difference in experience, performance and evaluation of students at different levels, including graduate students vs. undergraduate students.
v. Courses that are at the 500 level may not be stacked with any other course.
vi. If stacking status is requested, rationale must be provided.
vii. Courses at the 300 level may not be stacked with 600-level courses. All graduate-level courses must meet certain criteria established by the GAB. In addition, when 400-level courses are stacked with 600-level courses, the faculty initiator must consider the impact of stacking the course on the graduate student experience and how that affects the criteria for 600-level courses. If a graduate-level course is stacked with a 400-level course, or if undergraduate students are taking the course as part of their baccalaureate degree, the justification must clearly describe how the quality of the graduate students’ experience will be maintained in a mixed-level classroom. The following guidelines may assist in determining whether a course is suitable for stacking according to graduate criteria:
i. Do the prerequisites (not registration restrictions) differ for the 400- vs. 600-level
versions of the course? It is difficult to justify stacked courses in which the graduates and undergraduates have a significantly different knowledge base relevant to the course material. If the knowledge is required for the course, the prerequisites must be comparable. If the knowledge is only required for extra coursework performed by the graduate students, this difference should be stated explicitly and addressed in the instructional goals, student learning outcomes and course activities sections of the CCG.
ii. Is the course format predominantly discussion- or seminar-based? This type of course is not likely to be suitable for stacking, as the discussion level/theoretical base can differ significantly between graduate and undergraduate students. In addition, the ratio between undergraduate and graduate students should be addressed. Courses that are evenly divided may provide a more balanced environment than a course in which only one or two graduate students are present.
iii. Is the course format predominantly lecture-based? (Is the main intent of the course to provide a detailed knowledge set?)
a. Is the PRIMARY source of information/reading the primary research literature of the field? This course is not likely to be suitable for stacking, as undergraduate students generally lack the knowledge base and experience to derive all information from the primary literature.
b. Is the PRIMARY source of information/reading material derived from textbooks
or other less-specialized literature?
144
46 Section 9 – CCG Instructions
This course is likely to be suitable for stacking. However, the performance expectations for graduate students should be explicitly defined, with special emphasis on how these expectations differ from the 400-level students.
Some suggested student learning outcomes/assessments that may be appropriate for 600-level students in a stacked course:
i. Extra reading assignments based in the primary research literature, evaluated via written critical reviews and/or oral presentations
ii. Extra writing assignments that evince ability to synthesize research fields (comprehensive scholarly reviews or synthesis of other disciplinary areas with the course material)
iii. Assignments to measure the ability of graduate students to integrate course material into experimental design, such as writing formal research grant proposals, or oral or written presentation of how the course material informs the student’s own thesis research
iv. Separate exams for graduate students that measure not only comprehension of the lecture material but the ability to integrate and apply the material at more advanced levels, such as hypothesis formulation and experimental design, or the ability to interpret raw research data
v. Teaching experiences, in which graduate students instruct undergraduates, lead discussion groups or present analysis of primary research, offer another context in which graduate students may demonstrate and more advanced knowledge and be assessed accordingly.
As a result of completing this course, students will be able to:
Student Learning Outcomes Typical Assessments
demonstrate the ability to conduct a literature search on the course topic material
written critical reviews and/or oral presentation of literature reviews
Synthesize research fields comprehensive scholarly reviews or synthesis of other disciplinary areas with the course material produced by the student
Integrate course material into experimental design
Written formal research grant proposals, oral or written presentation of the how the course material informs the student’s own thesis research
Integrate and apply the course material at advanced levels
Exams requiring students to formulate hypothesis, design experiments, or interpret raw research data
Instruct undergraduates, lead discussion groups, or otherwise present the course material to other audiences.
Observed teaching exercises, teaching evaluations, performance of their students on examinations
v. J. Course Description – Identifies the intent of the course. For courses, a 20- to 50-word description is
preferred.
Special Notes are also identified in this field. Special notes indicate certain requirements of the student or the course that are not identified in the course description (e.g., “May be repeated for credit with a change in subtitle,” or “Offered Spring Semesters”).
K. Course Attributes (GER if applicable)
Comment [A14]: In spite of the sentence preceding this section, this section does not contain any Student Learning Outcomes. It does list extra activities and assessments for graduate students. It would be good to rewrite this section in form that we typically see on the CARs for Student Learning Outcomes.
Formatted: No bullets or numbering
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.25", No bullets ornumbering
Formatted: No bullets or numbering
Formatted: No bullets or numbering
145
47 Section 9 – CCG Instructions
L. Course Prerequisite(s)/Test Score(s), Corequisite(s), Registration Restriction(s) – Identifies requirements which must be achieved prior to enrolling in a course. It is assumed that faculty may waive any of the requirements.
i. Course Prerequisite – Identifies a course (by prefix and number) which must be successfully completed (D or better is understood, unless C or better is stated) prior to taking the course.
A course prerequisite which may be taken concurrently must also be included in this area (this differs from a co-requisite which must be taken concurrently).
ii. Test Scores – Identifies test scores which must be successfully achieved prior to taking the course. This may include UAA approved placement tests, SAT, ACT, or others. Specific test scores are not required.
iii. Corequisites – Identifies a course which must be taken concurrently and requires simultaneous enrollment and withdrawal.
iv. Registration Restrictions – Identifies additional requirements that a student must have satisfied prior to registering for the course (e.g. instructor permission, college or school admissiona, majorb, class standingc, or leveld). Must be enforced by the program/department/ instructor. a College or school admission – identifies a college/school to which a student must be
admitted to in order to enroll in the course. b Major – identifies a major which a student must have declared in order to enroll in the
course c Class – identifies a class standing which a student must have attained in order to enroll
in the course (0-29 credits = freshmen; 30-59 credits = sophomore; 60-89 = junior, 90+ = senior).
d Level – identifies a level which a student must be at in order to enroll in the course (graduate or undergraduate).
Responsibility for confirming prerequisites and registration restrictions lies with the department. It is assumed that the faculty may waive or enforce any of these requirements, subject to program, department and college policy.
M. Course Fee: Yes or No – Indicates that there are student fees associated with the course.
Note: The sections of the CAR referenced above and the CCG must match word for word.
3. Course level justification – Provide a justification for the level to which the course has been assigned.
Course Level Expectations for Academic Course Levels – In general, advances in course level (lower, upper, and graduate) correlate with sophistication of academic work. It should be noted that some students find introductory courses more demanding than advanced, specialized courses. In such courses, a more comprehensive approach and the first exposure to new ways of thinking may be harder for some individuals than covering a smaller, more familiar area in much greater detail.
The following definitions describe the expectations for the academic course levels:
A. Lower Division Courses
A100-A199: Introduce a field of knowledge and/or develop basic skills. These are usually foundation or survey courses.
146
48 Section 9 – CCG Instructions
A200-A299: Provide more depth than 100-level courses and/or build upon 100-level courses. These courses may connect foundation or survey courses with advanced work in a given field, require previous college experiences, or develop advanced skills.
B. Upper Division Courses
Require a background in the discipline recognized through course prerequisites, junior/senior standing or competency requirements. These courses demand well-developed writing skills, research capabilities and/or mastery of tools and methods of the discipline. A300-A399: Build upon previous course work and require familiarity with the concepts, methods, and vocabulary of the discipline. A400-A499: Require the ability to analyze, synthesize, compare and contrast, research, create, innovate, develop, elaborate, transform, and/or apply course materials to solving complex problems. These courses are generally supported by a substantial body of lower-level courses.
C. Graduate-Level Courses
A600-A699 – Require a background in the discipline, and an ability to contribute to written and oral discourse on advanced topics in the field at a level beyond that required by a bachelor’s degree. Require the ability to read, interpret and evaluate primary literature in the field. Students analyze raw data, evaluate models used in research and draw independent conclusions. Preparation includes demonstrated accomplishment in a specific course or discipline, or completion of a significant and related program of studies. Student activities are often self-directed and aimed not only at the formation of supportable conclusions, but also at a clear understanding of the process used in those formations.
For graduate-level coursework the justification must:
i. Address descriptors of 600-699 courses from Chapter 7 of the UAA catalog.
ii. Specify registration restrictions, e.g. “Admission to **** degree/certificate program” or “Graduate Status” where appropriate.
iii. State the disciplinary background.
iv. Specify prerequisites, e.g. “Graduate Status.”
v. Describe how the course provides students with opportunities for independent critical thinking.
vi. Describe how the course enables students to meet the following goals when they are appropriate to the field:
a. Competence in a specialized field of knowledge
b. Extensive experience with specialized client relationships
c. Application of expert knowledge within a recognized professional practice
d. Analysis and synthesis of primary scholarship or research
e. Self-directed written research projects
f. Mastery of theoretical knowledge Course Level Expectations for Preparatory/Developmental Course Levels – The following definitions describe the expectations for the preparatory/developmental course levels (courses not applicable to transcripted certificates or associates, baccalaureate or graduate degrees):
A050-A099: Provide supplemental preparation for introductory college courses.
147
49 Section 9 – CCG Instructions
4. Instructional Goals and Student Learning Outcomes
A. Instructional Goals: Identifies what the instructor intends to accomplish in the course. Instructional goals should describe in broad terms what the instructor expects the student to learn from the course.
B. Student Learning Outcomes: Identifies what the student should know and/or be able to do as a result of completing the course. Student learning outcomes must be specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and timely. Student evaluation methods must assess the accomplishment of the students in each outcome.
C. Goals and Student Learning Outcomes: Should be clearly related to the appropriate course level. See course level definitions below and in the discussion of CAR Box 3 in section 5 of this handbook. The verbs listed in Appendix C are gathered into categories designed to assist in the description of student outcomes.
5. Guidelines for Evaluation or Assessment Methods
A. Student learning outcomes for programs and their assessments are treated in detail in the program’s Outcomes Academic Assessment Plan. This plan is evaluated for new and modified programs.
B. Student learning outcomes for courses are included in the CCG along with the means used to assess them. A tabular representation of student learning outcomes and typical assessment methods is preferred by GAB. UAB currently accepts tabular or bulleted versions. See examples below.
C. Identify typical evaluation methods appropriate to the level and type of course for determining how well the goals and student learning outcomes have been met. The level of detail given here should be sufficient to give instructors guidance concerning the nature and rigor of the evaluation techniques expected without unduly restricting teaching methods.
Note: All academic programs at UAA are assessed. Student learning outcomes for courses should be compatible with program student learning outcomes and should be assessed in similar ways. For more detailed information about assessment, see Appendix E. For specific information about your program’s assessment procedures, see the college assessment coordinator.
Example 1
Example 2
Instructional Goals: This course is designed to fulfill the needs of general education requirements and to provide a foundation in general chemistry
Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Measures
Student Learning Outcomes Measures
Students demonstrate the ability to distinguish between facts and opinions and determine the extent to which the facts provided support the arguments being made.
Performance on two separate short papers criticizing published arguments on both sides of a controversial issue.
Students demonstrate the ability to troubleshoot and repair a microprocessor based instrument system according to manufacturers standards
Performance on practical project assigned in lab. Performance on projects assigned during internship
Students demonstrate skill in the use of various media in the artistic expression of human emotion
Peer and faculty review and rating according to established departmental criteria of studio projects in at least three types of media.
Students demonstrate the ability to design an electro-mechanical system to accomplish a control function defined by the instructor, in accordance with applicable standards and codes.
Demonstration of successful functioning of the system through simulation or mock-up.
148
50 Section 9 – CCG Instructions
specifically for health science majors. It is intended to be a survey of general and organic chemistry with significant emphasis on health-related material. The periodic table, atomic and molecular structure, bonding, and chemical reactions, skills in measurements, balancing chemical equations and problem solving are emphasized. The instructor will:
1. Present models of the periodic table, atomic and molecular structure, chemical bonding and reactions for development of observational skills and conceptual foundations in chemistry.
2. Present questions to initiate discussion, help students differentiate, link and integrate ideas and develop their own concepts, to articulate their thinking and explain models and solutions.
3. Provide multiple human health-related contexts for applying concepts and invite students to defend and verify their models and their solutions to problems.
Student Learning Outcomes: After completing this course, tThe student will be able to:
1. Recognize and interpret chemical models of the periodic table, atomic and molecular structure, bonding and chemical reactions.
2. Apply science methodology with emphasis on exploring and verifying measurements and chemical equations in health-related problems rather than memorizing facts and answering “algorithmic” questions.
3. Demonstrate effective, efficient communication skills for discussing, chemistry concepts across multiple human-
health related contexts including historical discoveries and technological advances.
Assessment Measures: Various assessment tools can be used at the instructor’s discretion, including: quizzes, in-class presentations, short reports, take-home exams, creative work, homework, and a comprehensive standardized exam.
6. Topical course outline (not a syllabus) – List the topics covered each time the course is taught (additional
topics may be covered in the course). Topical areas, instructional goals and student learning outcomes should be clearly related to each other.
For selected topics courses, provide a topical outline (not a syllabus) of a sample course and a discussion on the range of topics to be presented and the expected depth of the typical presentation.
7. Suggested text(s) – Provide current suggested texts or recommended readings in alphabetical order.
Similar texts are expected to be used in the actual course. Texts should be current (published within the last ten years) unless they are classics in the discipline.
8. Bibliography – Provide a list of the literature, in alphabetical order, that forms a foundation for the ideas and/or skills to be taught in the course. The concise and selective bibliography indicates texts, papers and other resources that the students and the instructor will find particularly valuable in meeting the course student learning outcomes.
Suggested texts and bibliography should be presented in an acceptable style (e.g. APA, MLA, or Gregg). Be prepared to identify the style used.
149
51 Section 10 – CAR Instructions
Section 10 - Step-By-Step Instructions for the Course Action Request 10.1 The CAR Form
150
52 Section 10 – CAR Instructions
10.2 Instructions for Completing the CAR
Box 1a. School or College Choose from the drop-down menu the school or college initiating action. AA Academic Affairs AS College of Arts and Sciences CB College of Business and Public Policy CH College of Health CT Community and Technical College EA College of Education EN School of Engineering HW College of Health and Social Welfare HC University Honors College KP Kenai Peninsula College KO Kodiak College MA Matanuska-Susitna College
Box 1b. Division Using the drop-down box, insert the division initiating action. Note: Changing the name of a division or academic department requires Provost approval and memorandum to Governance as an informational item.
College of Arts and Sciences AFAR Division of Performing and Fine Arts AHUM Division of Humanities AMSC Division of Mathematical and Natural Sciences ASSC Division of Social Sciences
College of Business and Public Policy ADBP Division of Business Programs ADEP Division of Economics and Public Policy
Community and Technical College AAVI Division of Aviation Technology ABCT Division of Business and Computer Training Connections ACAH Division of Culinary Arts and Hospitality ACDT Division of Construction and Design Technology ADCE Division of Community Education ADTP Division of Transportation and Power ADVE Division of Career and Vocational Education AHLS Division of Health and Safety AMAP Division of Mining and Petroleum APER Division of Physical Education and Recreation APRS Division of Preparatory Studies
College of Education No Division Code
School of Engineering No Division Code
College of Health Social Welfare ADHS Division of Human Services and Health Sciences ADSN Division of Nursing AJUS Division of Justice ASWK Division of Social Work
Comment [A15]: Change to SH
Comment [A16]: Revisit this list
Comment [A17]: Changes here!
151
53 Section 10 – CAR Instructions
Box 1c. Department Insert department initiating action. Note: Changing the name of a division or academic department requires Provost approval and a memorandum to Governance as an informational item.
Box 2. Course Prefix Insert the course prefix affected by the curriculum proposal. Approval of new course prefixes must be obtained before the approval of related new/revised curriculum/program changes. See instruction on the PAR form regarding requesting a new prefix in Section 11. Box 3. Course Number Insert the course number. If a new number is indicated, then check with the Curriculum Specialist in the Office of the Registrar ([email protected]). Reuse of Course Number Rule: When a permanent course number becomes inactive through deletion or purging, it will not be assigned to another course. However, a course can be reinstated using the same number.
1. Types of Courses
A. Academic Credit Courses
Courses numbered A100-A499 and A600-A699 count toward undergraduate and graduate degrees and certificates. Each course includes a component for evaluation of student performance. Student effort is indicated by credit hours. One credit hour represents three hours of student work per week for a 15-week semester (e.g., one class-hour of lecture and two hours of study or three class-hours of laboratory) for a minimum of 750 minutes of total student engagement, which may include exam periods. Equivalencies to this standard may be approved by the chief academic officer of the university or community college. Academic credit courses are numbered as follows.
The numbering sequence signifies increasing sophistication in a student’s ability to extract, summarize, evaluate and apply relevant class material. Students are expected to demonstrate learning skills commensurate with the appropriate course level, and to meet, prior to registration, prerequisites for all courses as listed with the course descriptions.
UAA and UA course level descriptions (see also the UAA catalog, Chapter 7 and University Regulation R10.04.09):
i. Lower division courses usually taken by freshmen and sophomores
A100-A199: Freshman-level, lower division courses. A200-A299: Sophomore-level, lower division courses
ii. Upper division courses usually taken by juniors and seniors
A300-A399: Junior-level, upper division courses A400-A499: Senior-level, upper division courses
iii. Graduate-level courses
A600-A699 – require a background in the discipline, and an ability to contribute to written and oral discourse on advanced topics in the field.
B. Preparatory/Developmental Courses
Courses with these numbers (A050-A099) provide basic or supplemental preparation for introductory college courses. They are not applicable to transcripted certificates or associate, baccalaureate, or graduate degrees, even by petition.
152
54 Section 10 – CAR Instructions
C. Noncredit Courses
A001-A049: Noncredit courses are offered as career development, continuing education, or community interest instruction. Not applicable to any degree or certificate requirements (even by petition).
D. Continuing Education Unit (CEU) courses
AC001-AC049: CEU courses are awarded upon completion of a course of study that is intended for career development or personal enrichment. CEU courses may not be used in degree or certificate programs or be converted to academic credit.
E. Professional Development Courses
A500-A599: Courses with these numbers are designed to provide continuing education for professionals at a post-baccalaureate level. These courses are not applicable to university degree or certificate program requirements, are not interchangeable with credit courses, even by petition, and may not be stacked with any other course.
NOTE: All permanent numbered courses (A050-A499 and A600-A699) are included in the UAA catalog. If a discipline/department/school/college/community campus does not want a permanent numbered course to be included in the UAA catalog, that exclusion will need UAB/GAB recommendation and approval of the Associate Vice Provost for Curriculum and Assessment (for undergraduate courses) or Vice Provost for Research and Graduate Studies (for graduate courses).
1. Course Numbers: Second and Third Digits
The second and third digits of course numbers in the -90 range are used for specific course types.
-90 Selected topics: These are a generic “umbrella” course category identifying a defined field or subject area within a discipline. These courses allow departments to offer new topics in a discipline as demand warrants, and to keep the curriculum up to date. Subject matter of selected topics courses within a discipline is chosen to provide instruction not covered by regular catalog offerings. May be offered as a seminar, lecture, laboratory or workshop. There is no limit to the number of times a selected topic subtitle may be offered.
-92 Seminar or Workshops
Seminar: Specifically designed for student participation in exchanging ideas and academic experiences around a central core of subject matter.
Workshop: A formal higher education offering with intensive instruction and information in a given field.
-93 Special topics: Offered only once to meet short-term needs and are not intended to become part of the permanent catalog.
-94 Trial (experimental): Trial indicates that the faculty wish to offer the course before making the course permanent. May be offered up to three times as a -94 course.
-95 Internship and Practicum
Internship: A student work experience in which the employer or agency is the student’s immediate supervisor, is active in planning the expected student learning outcomes, and is involved in the evaluation of the student’s achievements.
Practicum: A student work experience for which the academic department established the objectives and student learning outcomes.
-97 Independent study: Address topics or problems chosen by the student with appropriate approval. Topics must not duplicate and must differ significantly from catalog courses.
153
55 Section 10 – CAR Instructions
-98 Individual research: Consist of individual research by the student, directly supervised by a faculty member or faculty committee.
-99 Thesis: Involve writing and/or completion of a thesis by the student.
Box 4. Previous Course Prefix & Number Indicate if the course was offered previously under a different prefix and/or number, including -93s or -94s, and what that number was. If the course was not offered previously, insert “N/A.” or if the prefix and the number has not changed, insert “N/A.” Reinstatement of a course When an inactive course is being reinstated with the same course prefix and number, place the word Reinstate in box 4. In box 8, Type of Action, select change.
Box 5a. Credits/CEUs Insert the number of semester credits or CEUs for the course. If variable, indicate the minimum and maximum, e.g. 1-3 credits or CEUs. The number of credits/CEUs is in direct relation to the contact hours. If the course is noncredit, enter the appropriate range of contact hours.
Box 5b. Contact Hours (Lecture + Lab) per week (15-week semester) Insert the number of lecture and laboratory (or practicum) hours each week for the course that is offered over a 15-week semester. One contact hour is equivalent to 50 minutes. One credit for a lecture course is typically equivalent to 1 contact hour/week for a total of 15 contact hours for the course [or 750 minutes of actual class time (50 minutes/contact hour x 15 contact hours = 750 minutes)]. One credit for a supervised laboratory course is typically awarded 2 contact hours/week for a total of 30 hours (2 x 15 weeks = 30) or 1,500 total contact minutes (30 x 50 minutes/contact hour = 1500 minutes) of supervised lab time. One credit of unsupervised laboratory time such as some practica, student teaching, internships, or field work credits, is typically awarded 3 contact hours/week or more. Many courses, because of the nature of their subject matter or mode of delivery, require additional student time. For a lecture course, at least two hours of work outside the class is expected for each credit. For a supervised laboratory class, in addition to 2 contact hours/week in the laboratory, at least one additional hour of outside work is expected for each credit (or a total 3 contact hours/week in the laboratory will satisfy this requirement). For courses that are provided in a period less than the standard 15-week semester, the (Lecture + Lab) section should be completed as if the course would be taught in a 15-week period. Additional description should be provided in Box 19 ("Justification for Action ") of the CAR and in the CCG to explain the actual course length and required hours per week. For noncredit CEU courses, the total number of lecture and laboratory contact hours for the course should be stated.
1. Summary
Semester = 15 weeks (standard semester length)
One (1) Contact Hour = 50 minutes per week (or 750 minutes for the course) Outside Work = Additional time typically outside of classroom or laboratory One (1) credit = 1 contact hour per week of lecture (15 contact hours of lecture for
course) or
2 contact hours per week of supervised laboratory (or practica) if
154
56 Section 10 – CAR Instructions
outside work is needed (30 contact hours for the course) or
3 contact hours per week of supervised laboratory (or practica) if no outside work is needed (45 contact hours for the course)
(Lecture + Laboratory) = refers to the number of contact hours for lecture and laboratory per
week based on a 15-week semester
2. Examples
(3+0) = A typical lecture-only course. Equivalent to a 3-credit course with 3 contact hours of lecture and 0 hours of laboratory per week for a total of 135 hours for the course [45 contact lecture hours (3 contact lecture hours/week x 15 weeks = 45) plus 90 hours outside work (6 hours outside lecture/week x 15 weeks = 90) for a total of 135 hours].
(2+2) = A combined lecture and laboratory course. Equivalent to a 3-credit course with 2 contact hours of lecture and 2 hours of supervised laboratory per week for a total of 135 hours for the course (30 contact hours of lecture and 60 hours outside lecture plus 30 hours lab plus 15 hours outside lab).
(3+2) = A combined lecture and laboratory course. Equivalent to a 4-credit course with 3 contact hours of lecture and 2 hours of supervised laboratory per week for a total of 180 hours for the course (45 contact hours of lecture and 90 hours outside lecture plus 30 hours of lab and 15 hours outside of lab).
(3+3) = A combined lecture and laboratory course. Equivalent to a 4-credit course with 3 contact hours of lecture and 3 hours of laboratory (supervised or unsupervised) per week for a total of 180 hours for the course (45 contact hours of lecture and 90 hours outside lecture plus 45 hours of lab and 0 hours outside of lab).
(0+9) = A practicum or field work type course. Equivalent to a 3-credit course with 0 contact hours of lecture and 9 hours of practicum or field work laboratory (supervised or unsupervised) per week for a total of 135 hours for the course (0 contact hours of lecture plus 135 hours of lab and 0 hours outside of lab).
3. The CEU
The CEU is a unit of measure for noncredit activities. The CEU can be used to document an individual’s participation in formal classes, courses, and programs as well as in nontraditional modes of noncredit education, including various forms of independent, informal, and experiential study and learning.
Examples: 0.1 CEU = 1 hour of instruction and no additional hours of work for the course 1 CEU = 10 hours of instruction and no additional hours of work for course 1.5 CEUs = 15 hours of instruction and no additional hours of work for course 3.5 CEUs = 20 hours of instruction and 15 hours of required additional work appropriate to
the objectives of the course for course 2 CEUs = 20 hours of instruction and no additional work, or 40 hours of laboratory or
clinical work
4. Minimum Course Length (Compressibility Policy)
The Compressibility Policy states: “Courses scheduled for less than a full semester may not be offered for more than 1 credit each week (seven days).” Two credits require a minimum of eight days and 3 credits require a minimum of 15 days.
Box 6. Complete Course Title Insert full title of the course/program. If the title of the course is greater than 30 characters (including spaces), insert a title of 30 characters or less (including spaces) in the field underneath the full title. This abbreviated title will
155
57 Section 10 – CAR Instructions
appear on transcripts. Abbreviations used should be readily recognizable or accepted abbreviations within the discipline. Titles of existing courses in the data base cannot be used for new/revised courses, except for the following types of courses: dissertation, internship, practicum, project, research, selected topic, seminar, thesis.
Box 7. Type of Course Identifies type of course offered.
1. Academic Courses (numbered 100-499 and 600-699)
A. Program Requirement - A credit course specifically required by degree, certificate, or a mMinor program.
B. Program Selective - A credit course within a group of courses from which a student is required to select.
C. General Education Requirement - A credit course that is approved to fulfill part of the general education distribution requirements of the University.
D. Elective - A credit course selected by the student that is neither a degree program requirement nor a program selective, but which is applicable towards the minimum number of credits required for the degree or certificate.
2. Preparatory/Developmental Courses (050-099): Preparatory/Developmental courses with these numbers provide basic or supplemental preparation for introductory college courses. They are not applicable to transcripted certificates or associate, baccalaureate, or graduate degrees, even by petition. (See Box 3. Course Number, for further information).
3. Nondegree Courses
A. Noncredit Courses (000-049) - These are noncredit and nondegree courses, programs, and/or activities that respond to relevant community education needs and interests and that typically do not have specifically defined student learning outcomes.
B. CEUs (denoted by “AC” rather than just “A” before course number) - A course that provides further development of a trade, profession, or personal improvement.
C. Professional Development Courses (A500-A599) - Designed to provide continuing education for professionals at the post-baccalaureate level. These courses are not applicable to university degree or certificate program requirements, are not interchangeable with credit courses, even by petition, and may not be stacked with any other course. (See Box 3. Course Number, above for further information).
Box 8. Type of Action Identifies whether the CAR is for a course addition, change, or deletion. If the action is a course change, identify all the changes being made. If the course change results in a program change, a separate PAR must be completed for each action and must identify the element(s) being changed. If a permanent number is being requested after the course has run successfully as a -93 or -94, this is an addition, not a change, since the addition of a permanent course is being proposed.
Box 9. Repeat Status Identifies the Repeat Status of the course.
Yes means the course may be repeated for credit No means it cannot be repeated for credit
If repeat status is marked as Yes, the Number of Repeats and Maximum Hours must be indicated.
156
58 Section 10 – CAR Instructions
The Number of Repeats indicates the number of additional times the course may be taken for credit (does not include the original enrollment). The Maximum Hours indicates the total number of credits that may be applied towards a degree.
Example HIST A390 3 credits Repeat Status: Yes Number of Repeats: 1 Max Credits: 6
Box 10. Grading Basis Identifies how performance in the course is to be graded (A-F or P/NP [Pass/No Pass] for academic and professional development courses; NG [no grade] for CEUs and noncredit offerings).
Box 11. Implementation Date Using the drop-down menus, insert the semester and year that the addition, deletion, or change will be implemented.
1. Courses
The end semester is needed for nonpermanent courses only (-93s, -94s, bridge courses). For permanent courses, leave the semester field blank and 9999 for the end year. Careful consideration needs to be given to permanent courses affecting degrees and certificates. All permanent courses and degree/certificate changes must be submitted in fall semester for publication in the next catalog. Once approved, this date cannot be changed. Course additions or modifications may be made in conjunction with publication of the class schedule. Since academic units are responsible for providing an adequate transition for students from one set of program requirements to another, units should consider the official implementation date of program changes when implementing the approved changes. The current production calendar can be found on the Governance website at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance.
2. Program or Academic Policy
The overall principles affecting the date for implementation of academic policy or program change include the following:
A. Students must receive adequate notice of a program change.
B. Staff must have adequate time to implement the change effectively.
Generally this is interpreted to mean that program changes, including new programs, must be advertised in the university catalog. Based on the current schedule of catalog distribution in the spring or summer, most program changes should take effect in the fall semester following catalog distribution. Exception to this policy will be made only in exceptional circumstances. Permission of the OAA is required for implementation at an earlier date. Requests for an earlier date must detail the procedures the academic unit will use to notify affected students and facilitate the transition to the new requirements.
Box 12. Cross-Listed or Stacked
1. Cross-listed
A. Cross-listed courses are courses approved under multiple prefixes and offered at the same time and location.
B. Each cross-listed course must have a separate CAR for each prefix.
C. Everything except the course prefix must be identical.
157
59 Section 10 – CAR Instructions
D. The department chair of the coordinating department must signify approval of the cross-listing by signing Box 12 of the CAR.
E. Each department is responsible for preparing the appropriate CAR and providing supporting documentation. These must be submitted at the same time for UAB/GAB review.
F. When courses are cross-listed, they must be offered and printed in UAA’s schedules and catalog under each prefix. For example, ART/JPC A324 is listed both under Art and Journalism and Public Communications.
2. Stacked
A. Stacked courses are courses from the same prefix but at different levels offered at the same time and location.
B. Existing and new courses may not be stacked unless approved as stacked courses by UAB/GAB.
C. Courses may not be stacked informally for scheduling purposes.
D. The course description and course content guide of a stacked course must clearly articulate the difference in experience, performance, and evaluation of students at different levels, including graduate students vs. undergraduate students.
E. Courses at the 300 level may not be stacked with 600-level courses.
F. A500-A599 level (professional development) courses may not be stacked with any other course
G. If stacking status is requested, rationale must be provided.
If the graduate-level course is stacked with a 400-level course, or if undergraduate students are taking the course as part of their baccalaureate degree, the justification must clearly describe how the quality of the graduate students’ experience will be maintained in a mixed-level classroom. (See Section 9 for guidance on the CCG.)
Box 13a. Impacted Courses or Programs Do NOT complete Box 13a for new courses. The intent of Box 13a is twofold:
1. To provide a list of all courses, programs, college requirements, and catalog copy that contain reference to the course under revision in the current UAA catalog. This includes the initiating department.
2. To document coordination* with impacted programs and departments. If the course revision impacts the program catalog copy of the initiating department, a Program/Prefix Action Request must be completed and submitted with track-changed catalog copy. The current catalog copy in Word is available on the Governance website (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance) In order to find courses and programs impacted by this revision, use the .pdf file provided on the Office of the Registrar’s website (http://uaa.alaska.edu/records/catalogs/catalogs.cfm). Open the link to the latest catalog and use the find function in Adobe to search for the course prefix and number. You should fill out a line of the table for every program, (including type of degree, e.g. AA, AAS, BA, BS, MA, MS, Certificate), course, or college requirement that the revised course appears in. Three or fewer lines (impacts) can be recorded directly into the table on the CAR. More than three requires the creation of a separate coordination spreadsheet is required listing the impacted programs or courses, the specific impact (e.g. program requirement, program selective**, credits required, prerequisite, corequisite, registration restriction), current catalog page, type and date of coordination, and
158
60 Section 10 – CAR Instructions
the name of the department chair/coordinator contacted. An example of the Box13a. spreadsheet can be found on the Governance website at http://uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm. Courtesy Coordination Sometimes coordination with a department or program must occur even though there is no impact in the catalog. The department initiating the proposal is responsible for coordinating with each impacted program chair/coordinator, even if the impact is not found in the catalog. The term courtesy coordination can be used to document this type of situation. Type courtesy coordination in the table in the catalog page number field. Items that are NOT entered into Box 13a.
Do not enter the page number for the revised course itself into the table (e.g., CIS A330 course details and description are listed on page 349 of the catalog. If you are changing CIS A330 you do not have to list this impact and page number).
You do not have to list impacts to classes that the revised class is stacked or cross listed with if you have already completed Box 12.
* Coordination is the requirement that all initiators of curriculum actions identify and notify all academic units that may be affected by the curriculum change of the precise nature of their proposal. Coordination is always expected between and among affected department chairs/coordinators and deans in Anchorage, as well as directors of community campuses. ** program selective - A credit course within a group of courses from which a student is required to select. Example of Box 13a (Coordination and Courtesy Coordination) CIS A330 (Database Management Systems) Impacted Program/Course Catalog Page(s)
Impacted Date of Coordination Chair/Coordinator
Contacted Global Logistics and Supply Chain Management, BBA
132 3/25/2011 Philip Price
Business Computer Information Systems, AAS
132 3/25/2011 Minnie Yen
Management Information Systems, BBA
134 3/25/2011 Minnie Yen
Computer Information Systems, Minor
135 3/25/2011 Minnie Yen
CIS A360 350 3/25/2011 Minnie Yen CIS A410 350 3/25/2011 Minnie Yen CIS A430 350 3/25/2011 Minnie Yen Computer Science BA, BS Courtesy
Coordination 3/25/2011 Sam Thiru
Do not send proposals as attachments when sending email notices to the faculty listserv since large files can cause difficulty with email delivery.
159
61 Section 10 – CAR Instructions
Box 13b. Coordination Email Submitted to Faculty Listserv Enter the date of the email send to the faculty listserv ([email protected]). Initiating faculty are required to send an email notification to faculty listserv giving a brief overview of the proposal including:
1. Description of the proposed action
2. Any other relevant information. Do not send proposals as attachments when sending email notices to the faculty listserv since large files can cause problems.
Box 13c. Coordination with Library Liaison The initiator is required to send the CAR and CCG to the library liaison for that department (http://consortiumlibrary.org/find/subject_liaison_librarians), with a copy of the email sent to the Governance Office.
Box 14. GERs Identifies whether the course is a GER and which type of GER it is. The department initiating the proposal is responsible for submitting supporting documentation for the change, addition, or deletion.
Box 15. Course Description Identifies the intent of the course. For courses, a 20- to 50-word description is preferred. Special Notes are also identified in this field. Special notes indicate certain requirements of the student or the course that are not identified in the course description (e.g. “May be repeated for credit with a change in subtitle,” or “Offered Spring Semesters”). A program proposal must include new catalog copy with a copy of the old catalog copy if applicable. For program proposals type “see attached catalog copy” in the box.
Box 16a. Course Prerequisite (s) Identifies prerequisites which must be achieved prior to enrolling in a course. The prerequisite course ( listed with prefix and number in alpha-numerical order) must be successfully completed prior to taking the course. Course prerequisites should be grouped using parenthesis and brackets similar to how you would group mathematical expressions. See the examples below. Unless a minimum grade is specified for a prerequisite class, any grade value (including I, F, and W) will mark the class as satisfying the prerequisite if prerequisite checking has been turned on. For instance, if a student withdrew from a class and received a W, that student would be identified by Banner as having fulfilled any prerequisite requirement for the class they withdrew from. It is always assumed that faculty may waive the prerequisite or the minimum grade requirement. A course prerequisite which may be taken concurrently must also be included in this box using the additional language “or concurrent enrollment.” This differs from a corequisite which should be placed in Box 16c. See the section on Box 16c. for detailed information about corequisites. Any additional information that appears as text should be placed in Box 16e (Other Restrictions). Prerequisite examples: ECON A429 (Business Forecasting) {CIS A110, BA A273, and [BA A377 or ECON A321]} with minimum grade of C] EDFN A303 (Foundations of Teaching and Learning) [EDFN A301 or concurrent enrollment] and [EDSE A212 or PSY A245]
160
62 Section 10 – CAR Instructions
EE A324 (Electromagnetics II) [EE A314 or PHYS A314] and MATH A302 ENGL A311 (Advanced Composition) [ENGL A211 or ENGL A212 or ENGL A213 or ENGL A214] with minimum grade of C FIRE A214 (Fire Protection Systems) FIRE A101 and FIRE A105 and FIRE A121 and [MATH A105 or MATH A107 or MATH A108 or MATH A109 or MATH A172 or MATH A200 or MATH A201 or MATH A272] SWK A342 (Human Behavior in the Social Environment PSY A150 and [BIOL A102 or BIOL A111 or BIOL A112 or BIOL A115 or BIOL A116 or LSIS A102 or LSIS A201] Note: Automatic prerequisite checking is available when a Prerequisites Form is submitted. This form is not part of the curriculum process, but is submitted directly to the Registrar’s Office. It is available via www.uaa.alaska.edu/records/faculty_resources/upload/Prerequisites_Form.pdf Box 16b. Test Scores Identifies test scores which must be successfully achieved prior to taking the course. This may include UAA Approved Placement Tests, SAT, ACT, or others. Specific test scores are not required. It is assumed that faculty may waive the requirement. Box 16c. Corequisite(s) Identifies a course (must be listed with prefix and number) which must be taken concurrently; requires simultaneous enrollment and withdrawal. It is assumed that faculty may waive the requirement.
Example for NURS A180 Corequisite: NURS A125 and NURS A125L Note: If the department has an alternative corequisite or a list of options for corequisites, do not include “or” in this box; do not include text information in this box. That information should be placed in box 16e (Other Restrictions).
Box 16d. Other Restriction(s) Identifies additional requirements that a student must have satisfied prior to registering for the course (e.g., college or school admissiona, majorb, class standingc, or leveld). The name of the college or school, major, class standing, or level required should be specified in Box 16e. When these boxes are checked, Banner will automatically enforce the restrictions. It is assumed that faculty may waive the requirement. a College or school admission – identifies a college/school to which a student must be admitted to in order to enroll
in the course. b Major – identifies a major which a student must have declared in order to enroll in the course c Class – identifies a class standing which a student must have attained in order to enroll in the course (0-29 credits
= freshmen; 30-59 credits = sophomore; 60-89 = junior, 90+ = senior). d Level – identifies a level which a student must be at in order to enroll in the course (graduate or undergraduate).
Checking the level box in 16d is mandatory for all graduate level 600 courses.
Box 16e. Registration Restriction(s) Identifies additional requirements that a student must have satisfied prior to registering for the course (e.g. instructor permission, departmental permission). Must be enforced by the program/department/ instructor. It is assumed that faculty may waive the requirement.
161
63 Section 10 – CAR Instructions
NOTE: Responsibility for confirming prerequisites, test scores, co-requisites, registration restrictions, and other restrictions lies with the department. It is assumed that the faculty may waive or enforce any of these requirements, subject to program, department and college policy.
Box 17. Mark if Course Has Fees Using the drop-down menu, choose Yes or No. Indicates whether there is a student fee associated with the course. Do not include fee amount on CAR. This information is published under the course description in the catalog as “Special Fees,” and in the schedule with specific amounts. If the only action requested is a change in fees, no CAR is required.
New fees, changes in course fees, and deletions of course fees must be submitted on the Fee Request Form (www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm) and need the approval of the Provost. Refer to the Board of Regents Policy and Regulation Part V Chapter X for course fee information www.alaska.edu/bor/policy-regulations/.
Box 18. Mark if Course is a Selected Topic Course Check box to indicate that course is a selected topic course; that the subtitle or topic of the course changes. Most selected topics courses are repeatable with a change in subtitle, and this box will help ensure that scheduling is done properly, and that student transcripts will show subtitle changes ensuring repeat credit is received.
Box 19. Justification for Action For an existing course, justification needs to be provided for each proposed change as indicated in Box 8. Each proposed change must be noted, e.g. updates to CCG, Goals and Student Learning Outcomes, etc. For a new course, justification needs to be provided such as student or community interest or how the proposed course or change strengthens existing offerings. The supporting data must be supplied if the course is required for certification or accreditation.
162
64 Section 11 – PAR Instructions
Section 11 - Step-By-Step Instructions for the Program/Prefix Action Request (PAR)
11.1 The PAR Form
1a. School or College choose one
1b. Division choose one
1c. Department
2. Complete Program Title/Prefix
3. Type of Program Choose one from the appropriate drop down menu: Undergraduate: or Graduate: CHOOSE ONE CHOOSE ONE This program is a Gainful Employment Program: Yes or No
4. Type of Action: PROGRAM PREFIX
Add Add
Change Change
Delete Inactivate
5. Implementation Date (semester/year) From: / To: /
6a. Coordination with Affected Units Department, School, or College:
Initiator Name (typed): Initiator Signed Initials: _________ Date:________________
6b. Coordination Email submitted to Faculty Listserv ([email protected]) Date:
6c. Coordination with Library Liaison Date:
7. Title and Program Description - Please attach the following: Cover Memo Catalog Copy in Word using the track changes function
8. Justification for Action
__________________________________________________ ___________ Initiator (faculty only) Date Initiator (TYPE NAME)
Approved
Disapproved
___________________________________________ ________ Dean/Director of School/College Date
Approved
Disapproved
______________________________________ __________ Department Chair Date
Approved
Disapproved
______________________________________________ ____ Undergraduate/Graduate Academic Date Board Chair
Approved
Disapproved
_____________________________________ ___________ College/School Curriculum Committee Chair Date
Approved
Disapproved
___________________________________________________ Provost or Designee Date
Program/Prefix Action Request University of Alaska Anchorage
Proposal to Initiate, Add, Change, or Delete a Program of Study or Prefix
163
65 Section 11 – PAR Instructions
11.2 Instructions for Completing the PAR
Box 1a. School/College Using the drop-down box, insert school or college initiating action. AA Academic Affairs AS College of Arts and Sciences CB College of Business and Public Policy CH College of Health CT Community and Technical College EA College of Education EN School of Engineering HW College of Health and Social Welfare HC University Honors College KP Kenai Peninsula College KO Kodiak College MA Matanuska-Susitna College
Box 1b. Division Using the drop-down box, insert division initiating action. Note: Changing the name of a division or academic department requires Provost approval and a memorandum to Governance as an informational item.
College of Arts and Sciences AFAR Division of Performing and Fine Arts AHUM Division of Humanities AMSC Division of Mathematical and Natural Sciences ASSC Division of Social Sciences
College of Business and Public Policy ADBP Division of Business Programs ADEP Division of Economics and Public Policy
Community and Technical College AAVI Division of Aviation Technology ABCT Division of Business and Computer Training Connections ACAH Division of Culinary Arts and Hospitality ACDT Division of Construction and Design Technology ADCE Division of Community Education ADTP Division of Transportation and Power ADVE Division of Career and Vocational Education AHLS Division of Health and Safety AMAP Division of Mining and Petroleum APER Division of Physical Education and Recreation APRS Division of Preparatory Studies
College of Education No Division Code
School of Engineering No Division Code
College of Health Social Welfare ADHS Division of Human Services and Health Sciences ADSN Division of Nursing AJUS Division of Justice ASWK Division of Social Work
Comment [A18]: change
Comment [A19]: Revisit
Comment [A20]: Change
164
66 Section 11 – PAR Instructions
Box 1c. Department Insert department initiating action. Note: Changing the name of a division or academic department requires Provost approval and a PAR notifying Governance.
Box 2. Complete Program Title/Prefix Insert full title of the proposed program or prefix.
Box 3. Type of Program Insert Type of Program proposed. The maximum number of credits required by a degree program, per Board of Regents Policy (BOR Policy and Regulation 10.04.030), are noted below:
Occupational Endorsement Certificate Undergraduate Certificate Associates (AA/AAS) Baccalaureate (BA/BS) Minor
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Graduate Certificate Graduate Doctoral Other
If the program is determined to be a Gainful Employment program then check the ‘Yes’ box, otherwise check the ‘No’ box. Meet with Associate Vice Chancellor for Enrollment Management to determine a program’s status. There are additional documentation requirements for programs which are identified as Gainful Employment programs.
Box 4. Type of Action Check if the PAR is for an addition, deletion, or change to a program. Alternatively, the type of action may indicate a request for a new prefix, change to a prefix, or inactivation of a prefix.
Box 5. Implementation Date Insert the semester and year that the addition, deletion, or change will be implemented. The overall principles affecting the date for implementation of academic policy or program change include the following:
Students must receive adequate notice or a program/prefix change. Staff must have adequate time to implement the change effectively.
Generally this is interpreted to mean that program/prefix changes, including new programs, must be advertised in the university catalog. Based on the current schedule of catalog distribution in the spring or summer, most program changes should take effect in the fall semester following catalog distribution. Exception to this policy will be made only in exceptional circumstances. Permission of the OAA is required for implementation at an earlier date. Requests for an earlier date must detail the procedures the academic unit will use to notify affected students and facilitate the transition to the new requirements.
Box 6a. Coordination with Affected Units Coordination is the requirement that all initiators of program/prefix actions identify and notify all academic units who may be affected by the curriculum change of the precise nature of their proposal. Coordination is always expected between and among department chairs and deans in Anchorage, as well as directors of community campuses. The coordination form is no longer used.
The purpose of coordination is to:
165
67 Section 11 – PAR Instructions
A. Allow affected units who may have a legitimate interest in the program/prefix proposal, opportunities to review and comment on such proposals before they are considered by the college curriculum committees and the UAB/GAB.
B. Encourage collaboration among all academic units.
C. Maintain and improve quality of program offerings.
An affected unit is defined as a department or academic unit whose curriculum will be affected by the proposed program action.
Coordination with affected units is required in the following cases:
A. When the program, courses, or content proposed bridges material regularly included in other disciplines.
B. When the program includes or requires prerequisite courses from other degree programs, sites, or campuses.
C. When the proposed program can reasonably be expected to use courses offered by other disciplines.
D. When a subsequent allocation of resources resulting from the proposal will impact the unit’s ability to deliver academic courses required in other programs.
Coordination should be initiated very early in the program development process – before finalization of the proposal.
Coordination includes:
A. Sending proposal to department chairs of affected units
B. Actively seeking collaboration, comments and suggestions
C. Allowing 10 working days from the published date of notification of affected units before moving the proposal through the established levels of review.
Evidence of coordination with affected units is required by inclusion of a copy of the email sent to the UAA listserv and to the department chairs of affected units. If necessary, affected units should communicate directly with the initiating department. Affected academic units are then encouraged to submit written support or objection to UAB/GAB and/or to speak to the proposal at the appropriate Board meeting. If no written comments are received by the UAB/GAB within 10 working days of the notification date, it is assumed that there are no objections to the proposal.
After coordination is complete, in Box 6a; type in the department, schools, or colleges coordinated with; type the initiator’s name; write in the initiator’s initials and the date.
Box 6b. Coordination Email Submitted to Faculty Listserv Initiating faculty are required to send an email notification to faculty listserv at: [email protected] giving a brief overview of the proposal including:
1. Description of the proposed action
2. Any other relevant information. Do not send proposals as attachments when sending email notices to the faculty listserv since large files can cause problems.
166
68 Section 11 – PAR Instructions
Box 6c. Coordination with Library Liaison Coordination with the library liaison should occur early in the curriculum process. The initiator is required to send the PAR to the library liaison for that department (http://consortiumlibrary.org/find/subject_liaison_librarians), with a copy of the email sent to the Governance Office. Type in the date of coordination to indicate that the coordination has been done. The library resource form is no longer used.
Box 7. Title and Program Description Include a description of the intent of the program in the form of an attached cover memo. A program proposal must also include catalog copy with text changes and a clean copy of how the new catalog text will appear.
Box 8. Justification for Action Insert the need for and/or reasoning behind the proposed action, such as student or community interest or how the proposal strengthens existing offerings.
167
69 Section 12 – Catalog Copy Formatting
Section 12 - Catalog Copy Formatting
The following outlines the requirements for formatting all program catalog copy submitted to UAB or GAB. Included are two sample program catalog copy sections. Refer to the UAA catalog (www.uaa.alaska.edu/records/catalogs/catalogs.cfm) for more examples.
Catalog copy from the published catalog can be found in Word format on the Governance site at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/.
Notes for creating and submitting catalog copy:
It is easiest to start with the Word formatted catalog copy available at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/.
Courses must have their full titles and correct credit amounts and those must match what is currently in the catalog.
Within a department or discipline, the order of undergraduate programs should be: 1. Honors 2. Occupational endorsement certificates
Basic Format:
Department Name Contact information, location, web address 1. General discipline information
A. Degree or Certificate program name and description B. Overview and career information C. Student Learning Outcomes: Include Student Learning Outcomes for the program in the catalog
copyor web address to the student outcomes. D. Honors: Header in the catalog should read: “Honors in Discipline”, e.g., Honors in English. E. Accreditation F. Research possibilities
F.G. Gainful Employment statement (if needed)
2. Admission Requirements A. Preparation B. Pre-major C. Major
3. Advising
4. Academic Progress Requirements
5. Graduation Requirements A. General University B. General Education Requirements (GERs) C. College D. Major degree requirements E. Other graduation requirements
6. Faculty
168
70 Section 12 – Catalog Copy Formatting
3. Undergraduate certificates 4. Associates degrees 5. Bachelor of Arts 6. Bachelor of Science 7. Minors
For graduate programs should be:
1. Graduate certificates 2. Masters degrees 3. Ph.D. programs
Required credit amounts should be aligned to the right (see the following two examples). If a class has its credits aligned to the right it will be interpreted that this class is a requirement.
Electives (or selectives) will have their credit amounts shown in parenthesis and will appear one space after the title of the course (see the following two examples). If a course has its credit amount in parenthesis after the title it will be interpreted as not required (i.e., a class a student can choose to take to fill a requirement).
If, within a list of required classes, a student must take 3 credits, for example, but has a choice of two or more classes to fulfill that requirement, the required credit amount should be aligned to the right on the same line as the first elective. All of the electives should still have their credits in parentheses after the course title. Each course should be separated by a line on which an “or” appears (and nothing else). This is what it should look like:
Upper Division Biology (choose one of the following) 3-4 BIOL A310 Principles of Physiology (3) or BIOL A415 Comparative Animal Physiology (4) or BIOL A461 Molecular Biology (3) CHEM A105 General Chemistry I 3 CHEM A105L General Chemistry I Laboratory 1 CHEM A106 General Chemistry II 3 CHEM A106L General Chemistry II Laboratory 1 CHEM A253 Principles of Inorganic Chemistry 3
The list of courses must appear in alphabetical order by prefix, and then in numerical order by course number.
Faculty are listed in alphabetical order by instructor last name. Degrees or credential letters are not included (i.e., Ph.D., P.E., etc.). Faculty position title and email address are included.
169
71 Section 12 – Catalog Copy Formatting
EXAMPLE 1:
NATURAL SCIENCES ConocoPhillips Integrated Sciences Building (CPSB), Room 101, (907) 786-4770 http://biology.uaa.alaska.edu Modern sciences do not stand alone. Most draw heavily upon the tenets of at least one other discipline. The Natural Sciences
curriculum emphasizes the interrelationships among the sciences and allows students to obtain a strong background in two or more
sciences while meeting the requirements of a single degree program. A minimum of 74 science credits is required for this major, as
specified below. For individuals pursuing careers as secondary science educators, it is required by the College of Education that
they complete 12 credits in each of the following sciences: biology, chemistry, physics, and earth and space science.
The Natural Sciences program is administered by the Department of Biological Sciences. For further information about the Natural
Sciences program, contact the chairperson of the Department of Biological Sciences. Upon acceptance into the major, an academic
advisor from the Department of Biological Sciences will be assigned in accordance with the student’s declared area of emphasis.
Bachelor of Science, Natural Sciences Admission Requirements Complete the Admission to Baccalaureate Programs Requirements in Chapter 7, Academic Standards and Regulations.
Academic Progress In order to graduate with a BS in Natural Sciences, all courses covered under Major Requirements for a BS in Natural Sciences must
be completed with a grade of C or better. Students who audit a course intended to meet the Natural Sciences degree requirements or
who are unable to earn a grade of C or better in the course may repeat the course. All prerequisites for courses used to meet the
Natural Sciences degree requirements must be completed with a grade of C or better. Students repeating a course in the Department
of Biological Sciences are required to complete all components of the course during the semester in which the course is retaken. For
a course with a lecture and laboratory component, students may not carry forward an individual lecture or laboratory grade from a
previous semester in which the course was taken.
Graduation Requirements Students must complete the following graduation requirements:
A. General University Requirements Complete the General University Requirements for All Baccalaureate Degrees located at the beginning of this chapter.
B. General Education Requirements Complete the General Education Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees listed at the beginning of this chapter.
C. College of Arts and Sciences Requirements Complete the College of Arts and Sciences Requirements listed at the beginning of the CAS section. It is recommended
that MATH A200 or MATH A272, STAT A253 or STAT A307, and the Computer Programming requirements be
completed in the first two years of study.
Note: Major requirements may also be used to satisfy the College of Arts and Sciences Requirements.
D. Major Requirements Students must complete the following major requirements:
1. Complete three of the following course sequences:
BIOL A115/L Fundamentals of Biology I
with Laboratory (4)
BIOL A116/L Fundamentals of Biology II
with Laboratory (4)
CHEM A105 General Chemistry I (3)
CHEM A105L General Chemistry I Laboratory (1)
Be sure to check the address and contact information
For classes that have zero-credit labs (the lecture portion holds all the credit), add the /L to the course number, and “with Laboratory” to the course title.
Comment [A21]: Find a better example
170
72 Section 12 – Catalog Copy Formatting
CHEM A106 General Chemistry II (3)
CHEM A106L General Chemistry II Laboratory (1)
GEOL A111 Physical Geology (4)
GEOL A221 Historical Geology (4)
PHYS A123 Basic Physics I (3)
and
PHYS A123L Basic Physics I Laboratory (1)
PHYS A124 Basic Physics II (3)
and
PHYS A124L Basic Physics II Laboratory (1)
Note: It is recommended that the three science course sequences be completed in the first two years of study. For students
whose emphasis lies in the area of the biological sciences, it is recommended that BIOL A242 and BIOL A252 also be completed
within the first two years of study, as it is a prerequisite for several upper division biology courses.
2. Complete an additional 50 science credits, of which at least 35‐38 credits must be upper division disciplines.
UAA science courses approved for the Natural Sciences degree are listed below.
Anthropology Geographic Information Systems
Astronomy Geomatics
Biology Health Sciences
Chemistry Honors Program
Computer Science Mathematics
Environmental Studies Psychology
Geography Statistics
Geology UAF Palmer Research Center
Other courses may be considered by petition. Acceptable credits from other accredited institutions include but are
not limited to credits earned in the following disciplines:
Statistics Natural Resource Management
Environmental Sciences Wildlife Management
Engineering Oceanography
Note: Credit for laboratory, internship or clinical practicum courses will be awarded on an individual basis with the general
rule of 1 credit for three lab hours applying in most cases.
3. Courses taken to meet the 50‐credit Natural Science major degree requirement must be chosen with the
approval of your advisor.
4. Submit a Program of Study‐Natural Sciences Degree Form signed by your advisor to both the Office of the
Registrar and the Department of Biological Sciences during the semester prior to the semester in which you
plan to graduate. All courses listed in the Program of Study‐Natural Sciences Degree must be approved by
your formal advisor before you can submit the form to the Office of the Registrar and the Department of
Biological Sciences
5. A total of 120 credits is required for the degree, of which 42 credits must be upper division.
FACULTY Lilian Alessa, Professor, [email protected]
Raymond Bailey, Professor, [email protected]
Beverly Barker, Assistant Professor, [email protected]
Marilyn Barker, Affl. Associate Professor, [email protected]
Loren Buck, Professor, [email protected]
Jason Burkhead, Assistant Professor, [email protected]
Jennifer Moss Burns, Associate Professor, [email protected]
Douglas Causey, Professor, [email protected]
Matt Carlson, Associate Professor, [email protected]
Kristine Crossen, Associate Professor, [email protected]
Khrys Duddleston, Associate Professor, [email protected]
Sarah Gerken, Associate Professor, [email protected]
When the lab has its own credit value, list the lecture on one line with its credit amount in parenthesis, and list the lab on its own line with its credit amount in parenthesis.
171
73 Section 12 – Catalog Copy Formatting
EXAMPLE 2: ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Professional Studies Building (PSB), Suite 224, (907) 786-4481 http://coe.uaa.alaska.edu/elementary
Bachelor of Arts, Elementary Education (with Teacher Certification)
Individuals interested in undergraduate elementary teacher preparation may obtain either a BA in Elementary Education or a Post‐
Baccalaureate Certificate in Elementary Education with elementary teacher certification. See Chapter 11 for information on post‐
baccalaureate certificates.
The BA in Elementary Education is a professional degree. Unique features of the program include a strong liberal studies emphasis,
integration of educational technology, and a year‐long internship that follows the school district’s calendar rather than the UAA
calendar. Applicants are encouraged to take EDFN A101 Introduction to Education (3 credits) to learn more about the profession.
Admission to the program occurs in two stages (see below) and admission to the internship is competitive. Criteria considered for
admission to the internship include academic achievement, written and oral communication skills, and community involvement.
The deadline for internship placement consideration is February 15. See Field Placements located at the beginning of the College of
Education section of this chapter.
Student Outcomes Student outcomes for the program are based on the Standards for Alaska’s Teachers located at www.eed.state.ak.us/standards and
the Association for Childhood Education International (ACEI) standards located at www.acei.org. Within a culturally responsive
framework, program graduates will:
1. Construct learning opportunities that support K‐6 students’ development, acquisition of knowledge, and motivation.
2. Design and implement curriculum that supports K‐6 students’ learning of language arts, science, mathematics, social studies,
the arts, health, and physical education.
3. Plan and implement instruction based on knowledge of K‐6 students, learning, theory, curriculum, and community.
4. Create appropriate instructional opportunities to address diversity.
5. Use teaching strategies that encourage development of critical thinking and problem solving.
6. Foster active engagement in learning and create supportive learning environments.
7. Use effective communication strategies to foster inquiry and support interaction among K‐6 students.
8. Use formal and informal assessments to inform and improve instructional practice.
9. Reflect on practice and engage in professional growth activities.
10. Establish positive collaborative relationships with families, colleagues, and the community.
Admission Requirements Admission to the University of Alaska Anchorage: Elementary Education Major Applicants must complete the Admission to Baccalaureate Programs Requirements in Chapter 7, Academic Standards and
Regulations. Application forms are available at: www.uaa.alaska.edu/admissions.
Admission to the Department of Teaching and Learning, College of Education: Elementary Education Major Admission to the Department of Teaching and Learning is a prerequisite for all education course work with the exception of
EDFN A101 Introduction to Education and EDFN A300 Philosophical and Social Context of American Education. In order to be
admitted to the Department, students must:
1. Complete an application to the Department of Teaching and Learning by one of the following dates: March 1, August 1, or
November 1.
2. Complete a minimum of 60 liberal studies credits, including all General Education Requirements, required for the degree
(transfer credits may be used).
Be sure to check the address and contact information
172
74 Section 12 – Catalog Copy Formatting
3. Have a cumulative GPA of 3.00.
4. Successfully complete the Praxis I examination. With the exceptions of EDFN A101 Introduction to Education and EDFN A300
Philosophical and Social Context of American Education, applicants may not enroll in education courses without passing this
examination at the level established by the College of Education.
Note: Admission to the Department of Teaching and Learning is competitive. Qualified applicants are accepted on a space‐available basis.
Admission to the University as an Elementary Education major does not guarantee admission to the Department.
Admission to Field Experiences Admission to field experiences is separate from admission to the program and may be limited by community partners. See Field
Placements located at the beginning of the College of Education section of this chapter. Applications for practica and internship
courses must be submitted by February 15 or October 15. Qualified applicants are accepted on a space‐available basis. Admission to
the Department of Teaching and Learning does not guarantee admission to the field experiences.
The Elementary Programs Admission Committee determines a candidate’s readiness to enroll in all field experiences. The candidate
must realize that requirements set forth below constitute minimum preparation, and it may be the judgment of the committee that
the candidate needs further work to develop content knowledge or skills to work with children.
Elementary Practicum I Admission Criteria Practicum I includes blocked courses in literacy and social studies methodology, a seminar in culturally responsive teaching, and a
supervised experience in an elementary classroom with a diverse student population.
1. Meet all the requirements for and be admitted to the Department of Teaching and Learning as an Elementary Education major.
2. Submit an application form for Practicum I by the department’s published deadline.
3. Complete EDFN A301 with a minimum grade of C.
4. Have a cumulative GPA of 2.75.
5. Have a GPA of 3.00 in Major Requirements.
6. Submit a current Interested Person Report.
Elementary Practicum II Admission Criteria Practicum II includes blocked courses in mathematics and science methodology, a seminar in designing learning environments, and
a supervised experience in an elementary classroom.
1. Meet all requirements for Practicum I.
2. Submit an application form for Practicum II, including a resume and letter of introduction, by the department’s published
deadline.
3. Complete EDFN A300 or EDFN A304, EDFN A302, and EDFN A392 with a minimum grade of C and EDEL A395 with a P.
4. Participate in a screening interview.
5. Apply for the Student Teaching Authorization Certificate. This application includes fingerprinting and a criminal background
check. Contact COE Clinical Services and Certification for more information.
6. Provide evidence of current physical examination. This service is available free at the UAA Student Health Center.
7. Maintain student health insurance throughout Practicum II. Candidates may purchase this insurance through UAA.
Elementary Internship Admission Criteria The Elementary Internship includes a capstone seminar and extensive, supervised teaching experiences in an elementary classroom.
Emphasis will be placed on meeting the Alaska Beginning Teacher Standards.
1. Meet all the requirements for and be admitted to the Department of Teaching and Learning as an Elementary Education major.
2. Submit an application form for admission to internship by the department’s published deadline.
3. Complete all degree courses with the exceptions of EDEL A492B and EDEL A495B.
4. Successfully complete the Praxis II: Elementary Content Knowledge (0014). Contact the Department of Teaching and Learning
for current passing score.
5. Have a cumulative GPA of 2.75.
6. Have a GPA of 3.00 in Major Requirements.
7. Submit a current Student Teaching Authorization Certificate.
173
75 Section 12 – Catalog Copy Formatting
Academic Progress Satisfactory progress in the practicum courses (EDEL A395 and EDEL A495A) is required for enrollment in the internship (EDEL
A495B). All Major Requirements, EDSE A212/PSY A245, and MATH A205 must be completed with a grade of C or higher in order
to obtain an institutional recommendation for elementary teacher certification.
Graduation Requirements Candidates must complete the following graduation requirements:
A. General University Requirements Complete the General University Requirements for All Baccalaureate Degrees listed at the beginning of this chapter.
B. General Education Requirements Complete the General Education Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees listed at the beginning of this chapter.
C Background Check Requirements See Field Placements located at the beginning of the College of Education section of this chapter.
D. Liberal Studies Area Complete the liberal studies area. These courses are selected to provide future elementary teachers with the skills and background
knowledge in the various subjects they will be expected to teach. The selection is based on national and state standards for content
preparation. Some of the liberal studies courses may also be used to meet General Education Requirements.
Liberal Studies Integrated Sciences Core (15 credits) LSIS A102 Origins: Earth‐Solar System‐Life 5
LSIS A201 Life on Earth 5
LSIS A202 Concepts and Processes: Natural
Sciences 5
Liberal Studies Integrative Core (9 credits) LSIC/PHIL A231 Truth, Beauty, and Goodness 3 LSIC A331 Power, Authority, and Governance 3
LSIC A332 Science, Technology, and Culture 3
Liberal Studies Social Sciences (SS) and Humanities (HUM) Core (27 credits) Students must meet GERs for Baccalaureate Degrees including 6
credits of social sciences (SS) from two different disciplines and 6
credits of humanities (HUM).
ANTH A250 The Rise of Civilization (SS GER) 3
HIST A131 History of United States I
(HUM GER) (3) 3
or
HIST A132 History of United States II
(HUM GER) (3)
or
HIST A355 Major Themes in US History (3)
EDSE A212 Human Development and Learning (3) 3
or
PSY A245 Child Development (3)
ENGL A121 Introduction to Literature 3
(HUM GER) (3)
or
ENGL A201 Masterpieces of World Literature I
(HUM GER) (3)
or
ENGL A202 Masterpieces of World Literature II
(HUM GER) (3)
HUM A211 Introduction to Humanities I
(HUM GER) (3) 3
or
HUM A212 Introduction to Humanities II
(HUM GER) (3)
Double-check all course titles. They must exactly match the full titles published in the catalog course name.
If a student has a choice between two electives to fill a required course, put the elective credit amounts in parentheses next to the course titles, as usual, but put the required credit amount aligned to the right on the same line as the first course. Separate the two electives with an “or” on its own line.
If you have subheadings for different types of courses, you can use italics, bold, underline, or tabs to set them apart. It is a good idea to include a total credit amount as well.
174
76 Section 12 – Catalog Copy Formatting
LSSS A111 Cultural Foundations of Human
Behavior (SS GER) 3
LSSS A311 People, Places, and Ecosystems 3
LSSS A312 Individuals, Groups, and Institutions 3
Select one course from GER fine arts list 3
Mathematical Skills (9‐13 credits) MATH A205 Communicating Mathematical Ideas 3
and
STAT A252 Elementary Statistics (3) 3‐4
or
STAT A253 Applied Statistics for the Sciences (4)
and
Select one additional course from the GER
quantitative skills list 3‐6
Oral and Written Communication Skills (9 credits) Select one course from GER oral communication list 3
Select two courses from GER written communication list
E. Major Requirements It is recommended that students complete EDFN A101 Introduction to Education prior to enrolling in the following major
courses. Field experiences in public schools are required as part of most courses.
1. Complete the following core courses (20 credits)
EDEC A242 Family and Community Partnerships 3
EDEL A205 Becoming an Elementary Teacher 2
EDFN A206 Introduction to Assessment in
Education 1
EDFN A300 Philosophical and Social Context of
American Education (3) 3
or
EDFN A304 Comparative Education (3)
EDFN A301 Foundations of Literacy and
Language Development 3
EDFN A302 Foundations of Educational
Technology 2
EDFN A478 Issues in Alaska Native Education,
K‐12 3
EDSE A482 Inclusive Classrooms for
All Children 3
2. Complete the following method courses (18 credits)**
EDEC A106 Creativity and the Arts in Early
Childhood Education 3
EDEL A325 Teaching Literacy in Elementary
Schools 6
EDEL A327 Teaching Social Studies in Elementary
Schools 2
EDEL A426 Teaching Mathematics in Elementary
Schools 3
EDEL A428 Teaching Science in Elementary
Schools 2
PEP A345 Incorporating Health and Physical
Activity into the Pre‐K‐6 Classroom 2
**Concurrent enrollment in a seminar and a practicum or internship may be required.
3. Complete the following internships (21 credits)
EDEL A392 Elementary Education Seminar I:
Culturally Responsive Teaching 2
EDEL A395 Elementary Education Practicum I:
Diversity, Literacy, Social Studies 2
Elective course credit amounts are shown in parentheses after the course name.
All required courses have the credits aligned to the right.
Groups of electives have the required course number listed to the right, and...
Double-check all course titles. They must exactly match the full titles published in the catalog course name.
175
77 Section 12 – Catalog Copy Formatting
EDEL A492A Elementary Education Seminar II:
Learning Environment 2
EDEL A492B Elementary Education Seminar III:
Teaching Capstone 3
EDEL A495A Internship I 3
EDEL A495B Elementary Education Internship 9
4. A total of 128‐132 credits is required for the degree, of which 42 credits must be upper division. Institutional Recommendation, Elementary Teacher Certification (K-6) Following are the requirements for an institutional recommendation:
1. Major requirements completed with a grade of C or higher.
2. Cumulative GPA of 3.00.
3. Cumulative GPA of 3.00 in all major requirements.
4. Passing scores on the Praxis I and Praxis II exams.
5. College of Education’s educational technology assessment satisfactorily completed.
6. Internships satisfactorily completed.
7. Baccalaureate degree conferred.
FACULTY Jeff Bailey, Professor, [email protected]
Susan Barstow, Term Assistant Professor, [email protected]
Gretchen Bersch, Professor Emerita, [email protected]
Liz Boario, Term Assistant Professor, [email protected]
Ellen Brigham, Term Assistant Professor, [email protected]
Teresa Bunsen, Associate Professor, [email protected]
Cleo Burgett, Term Assistant Professor, [email protected]
Robert Capuozzo, Assistant Professor, [email protected]
Pat Chesbro, Term Assistant Professor & AEIN Project Director,
Carolyn Coe, Term Assistant Professor, [email protected]
Claudia Dybdahl, Professor, [email protected]
Diane Erickson, Assistant Professor, [email protected]
Letitia Fickel, Professor, [email protected]
Micah Fierstein, Assistant Professor , [email protected]
Susan Garton, Associate Professor, [email protected]
Bonny Headley, Term Assistant Professor, [email protected]
Susan Heinz, Term Assistant Professor, [email protected]
Lee Henrikson, Term Assistant Professor, [email protected]
Tim Jester, Associate Professor, [email protected]
176
78 Appendix A
Appendix A - Links to Templates
The following templates can be found at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm:
Board of Regents - Provides detailed information required by Statewide for new programs or major program changes.
Budget Worksheet - Provides detailed budget information for a new program.
Coordination Spreadsheet Template - Provides format for submission of coordination to the academic boards when a course affects more than three other courses or programs (box 13a of the CAR)
Fee Request Form - Fee requests, associated with particular curriculum proposals, will be reviewed by the Office of Academic Affairs. The Provost’s approval is required before fees are implemented. See Board of Regents Policy and Regulations Part V Chapter X for course fee information http://www.alaska.edu/bor/policy-regulations.
Four-Year Course Offering Plan - Identifies the Four-Year Course Offering Plan for a new program.
Outcomes Assessment Plan - Identifies the outcomes and assessment strategies for a new program or a major or minor program change.
Resource Implication Form - Identifies fiscal impacts of a proposed action.
Faculty matrix - Provides detailed information on existing and new faculty needed for a new program or a major or minor program change.
The following templates can be obtained from OAA: Board of Regents - Provides detailed information required by Statewide for new programs or major
program changes.
The following template is available from ……the Academic Assessment Committee Website (http://www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/academic_assessment_committee/index.cfm)
OutcomesAcademic Assessment Plan - Identifies the outcomes and assessment strategies for a new program or a major or minor program change.
Comment [A22]: Update the information in this section
Formatted: Normal
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", No bullets ornumbering
Formatted: No bullets or numbering
177
79 Appendix B
Appendix B - Links to Examples
Click on the link to see examples of the following:
Board of Regents: www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/curriculumexamples.cfm
Budget Worksheet: www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm
www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/curriculumexamples.cfm
Course Action Request (CAR): www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm
www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/curriculumexamples.cfm
Course Content Guide (CCG): www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm
www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/curriculumexamples.cfm
Coordination Spreadsheet: www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm
Faculty Matrix: www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm
Program/Prefix Action Request (PAR): http://www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/curriculumexamples.cfm
Program Outcomes Academic Assessment Plan: www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm
www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/curriculumexamples.cfm
Prospectus: www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/coordination/index.cfm
www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/curriculumexamples.cfm
Risk Management Plan: www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/curriculumexamples.cfm
Comment [A23]: Review and update as needed
Formatted: No bullets or numbering
Formatted: No bullets or numbering
Formatted: No bullets or numbering
Formatted: No bullets or numbering
Formatted: No bullets or numbering
178
80 Appendix C
Appendix C - Observable Verbs
Cognitive Domain Observable Verbs
The cognitive domain contains skills that deal with the intellect and attaining knowledge. These lists are provided for assistance, but their use is not required.
Knowledge Recalls information
Application Uses knowledge or generalizations in a new situation
Analysis Breaks down knowledge into parts and shows relationships among parts
Synthesis Brings together parts of knowledge to forms a whole and builds relationships for new situations
Comprehends Arranges Counts Describes Draws Duplicates Identifies Indicates Labels Lists Matches Memorizes Names Orders Outlines Points to Produces Quotes Reads Recalls Recites Recognizes Records Relates Repeats Reproduces Selects Tabulates Traces Writes
Associates Chooses Compares Computes Contrasts Converts Defends Differentiates Discusses Distinguishes Dramatizes Estimates Explains Extends Extrapolates Generalizes Gives Examples Infers Interprets Picks Reports Restates Reviews Rewrites Schedules Sketches Summarizes Translates
Analyzes Appraises Calculates Categorizes Compares Concludes Constructs Contrasts Correlates Criticizes Debate s Deduces Detects Determines Develops Diagnoses Differentiates Discriminates Distinguishes Estimates Evaluates Examines Experiments Generalizes Identifies Infers Inspects Initiates Inventories Predicts Questions Relates Separates Solves Tests Transforms
Arranges Assembles Collects Combines Compiles Composes Constructs Creates Designs Develops Devises Formulates Generalizes Generates Integrates Manages Organizes Plans Prescribes Prepares Produces Proposes Predicts Rearranges Reconstructs Reorganizes Revises Sets up Specifies Synthesizes Systematizes Writes
Comment [A24]: Check order of domains
179
81 Appendix C
Comprehension – Interpret information in one’s own words Associates Classify Cite examples of Compares Computes Contrasts Converts Defends Describes Determines Differentiates Discusses Distinguishes Estimates Explains Expresses Extends Extrapolates Generalizes Gives examples Identifies Indicates Infers Interprets Interpolates Locates Practices Recognizes Reports Restates Review Rewrites Selects Simulates Sorts Summarizes Tells Translates
Evaluation – Make judgments on basis of given criteria Appraises Argues Assesses Attacks Chooses Compares Concludes Critiques Defends Determines Estimates Evaluates Grades Judges Justifies Measures Predicts Ranks Rates Revises Scores Selects Supports Tests Validates Values
180
82 Appendix C
Affective Domain Observable Verbs
The affective domain contains skills that deal with emotions, feelings, and values. You will notice that these verbs span differently than cognitive verbs as pertains to level.
Receiving
Ability to attend to a particular stimuli
Responding Active participation when attending to stimuli
Valuing Worth or value student attaches to something
Organization Bringing together different values, resolving conflicts between them
Internalization Value system controls behavior to develop a characteristic behavior that is pervasive, consistent, and predictable.
Asks Chooses Follows Gives Holds Selects Shows interest
Accepts responsibility Answers Assists Be willing to Complies Conforms Enjoys Greets Helps Obeys Performs Practices Presents Reports Selects Tells
Associates with Assumes responsibility Believes in Be convinced Completes Describes Differentiates Has faith in Initiates Invites Joins Justifies Participates Proposes Selects Shares Subscribes to Works
Adheres to Alters Arranges Classifies Combines Defends Establishes Forms judgments Identifies with Integrates Organizes Weighs alternatives
Acts Changes behavior Develops a code of behavior Develops a philosophy of life Influences Judges problems/issues Listens Performs Practices Proposes Qualifies Questions Serves Shows mature attitude Solves Verifies
181
83 Appendix C
Psychomotor Domain Observable Verbs
The psychomotor domain contains skills that deal with one's physical development and well being.
Imitating
Observes a skill and attempts to repeat it, or see a finished product and attempts to replicate it while attending to an exemplar.
Manipulating Performs the skill or produces the product in a recognizable fashion by following general instructions.
Perfecting Independently performs the skill or produces the product, with apparent ease, at an expert level.
Articulating Modifies the skill or produces the product to fit new situations while maintaining nearly flawless perfection and showing great ease of execution.
Naturalizing Automatically, flawlessly and effortlessly perform the skill or produces the product tailored to the situation.
Attempts Copies Duplicates Imitates Mimics Reproduces Responds Starts Tries to Using a model
Completes Does Follows Manipulates Plays Performs Produces
Achieves Automatically Excels Expertly Masterfully with Improvements with Refines
Adapts Advances Alters Customizes Originates With fundamental revisions With great skill
Naturally Perfectly
182
84 Appendix D
Appendix D - The Undergraduate & Graduate Academic Boards
The Undergraduate and Graduate Academic Boards review and approve academic policies. They also review and approve new or revised courses/programs/prefixes initiated by faculty and undertake other tasks assigned by the UAA Faculty Senate (Reference: UAA Faculty Senate Bylaws of the Constitution Article V Section 3[a-d]). Membership
Voting Members
Undergraduate Academic Board (UAB)
Each academic unit elects its UAB representative(s) according to Section 3.a. of the Bylaws of the UAA Faculty Senate Constitution. This includes one non-Senate faculty representative from each of the schools and colleges (except the College of Arts and Sciences, which has two), one adjunct faculty member, one library faculty representative, one faculty member from each community campus, and one faculty member from Student Affairs. Members serve two-year terms with one half of the members elected each year. In addition, the Senate chooses four senators to serve on the board as follows:
Arts and Sciences (1)
At-large members (3)
Students may appoint one undergraduate-degree-seeking or certificate-seeking student to voting membership on the UAB. It is the responsibility of the Union of Students at UAA (USUAA) to select this representative.
Graduate Academic Board (GAB)
Each academic unit elects its GAB representative according to Section 3.c. of the Bylaws of the UAA Faculty Senate Constitution. Members of the board must be faculty involved in graduate programs. This includes non-Senate faculty representative(s) from each degree granting school/college and the library as elected by the faculty within their respective units. Members serve two-year terms with one half of the members elected each year. In addition, the Senate chooses four senators to serve on the board as follows:
Arts and Sciences (1)
At-large members (3)
Students may appoint one graduate-degree-seeking student to voting membership on the GAB. It is the responsibility of the USUAA to select this representative.
Nonvoting Members
One representative from the Office of Academic Affairs, appointed by the Provost, one representative from the Office of the Registrar, and one representative from Enrollment Management, Publications and Scheduling, shall be ex-officio and nonvoting members of the Undergraduate and Graduate Academic Boards.
Responsibilities
Membership
Members are responsible for attending all meetings.
If a member is unable to attend, that member is responsible for providing a replacement.
Members act as a liaison between the UAB/GAB and the member’s department/school/college.
Members must inform departments in their school/college when their proposals are on the agenda.
Members must review the agenda and attachments prior to each meeting.
183
85 Appendix D
Chair
The presiding chairs of UAB/GAB are elected by their respective boards and must have served on the respective board for a minimum of one year.
The chair is responsible for attending all meetings.
If the chair is unable to attend, he/she appoints an acting chair.
The chair acts as a liaison between UAB/GAB and others as necessary.
The chairs sign CARs and represent UAB/GAB at UAA Faculty Senate meetings.
The chairs serve as members of UAA Faculty Senate Executive Board and may represent UAA in system governance issues.
The chairs may represent the faculty on an ad hoc basis during the year and attend special meetings (such as meeting prospective employee candidates, meeting the Board of Regents, or serving on special task forces).
Meeting Schedule
Regular Meetings
Undergraduate Academic Board
During the academic year, UAB meets at 2 p.m. each Friday, except for the first Friday of each month which is the day the UAA Faculty Senate meets. Meetings commence the first week after faculty contracts begin. The schedule is given to UAB members at the beginning of each academic year and posted on the Governance website.
Graduate Academic Board
During the academic year, GAB meets at 9:30 a.m. the second and fourth Fridays of each month. Meetings commence the first week after faculty contracts begin. The schedule is given to GAB members at the beginning of each academic year and posted on the Governance website.
Summer Meetings
Neither UAB/GAB meets during June or July. If any curricular items need action during the summer, the UAB/GAB chair or designee reviews the paperwork with a volunteer group of continuing UAB/GAB members. Under such circumstances, the UAA Faculty Senate Executive Committee acts on behalf of the UAA Faculty Senate (UAA Faculty Senate Constitution Article IV Section 11). Approved actions must be reported to UAB/GAB at the first UAB/GAB meeting of the academic year. No policy changes are considered during the summer.
Meeting Notification
All meetings are public meetings. Meeting announcements, agendas, and locations are posted on the Governance webpage.
Agenda and Summary
Structure Date, Time, and Location
The agenda lists the date, time, and place of the meeting. Meetings may be teleconferenced if necessary.
I. Roll
II. Approval of the Agenda
III. Approval of Meeting Summary
184
86 Appendix D
IV. Administrative Report
V. Chair’s Report
VI. Course Action Request (CAR) or Program/Prefix Action Request (PAR)-Second Reading
VII. CAR or PAR-First Reading
VIII. Old Business
IX. New Business
X. Informational Items
XI. Adjournment
Definitions
Meeting Summary The meeting summary includes the roll, all action items, a list of information items, and time of adjournment.
First Reading Representatives from the department/school/college must attend the UAB/GAB meeting when
their proposal is discussed. If no representative is present, the proposal is tabled.
All proposals are routinely accepted for First Reading unless tabled (for a specific length of time and for a stated purpose), removed from the agenda (usually by the department/school/college that initiated the item) or formally not accepted for First Reading (usually the item is then sent back to the department/school/college for revision).
Proposals not properly coordinated before First Reading will be tabled.
Actions involving changes in General Education Requirements (GER) are referred to the General Education Review Committee (GERC).
Proposals accepted for First Reading are usually placed on the next agenda for Second Reading. Proposals can be accepted with suggested changes. UAB/GAB, administration, or the submitting department may suggest changes.
No vote is necessary to accept an item for First Reading.
Acceptance for First Reading does not predetermine automatic approval at Second Reading.
Board members should work closely with their department/school/college regarding all recommendations made at UAB/GAB meetings and assist their colleagues in the preparation of the proper paperwork.
CARs and PARs CARs and PARs initiated by faculty are required to request curriculum actions. For more
information, see the chapters on CARs and PARs.
Academic Policy: A variety of sources including individuals, departments, schools, colleges, administration, and other boards and committees may initiate new or revised academic policy proposals. Revised policy proposals should include a copy of both the old and new policies with rationale/justification for the new policy or revision. All policy proposals are reviewed and must be approved by UAB/GAB, UAA Faculty Senate, and the administration.
Second Reading Second readings usually occur at the next regularly scheduled meeting. All proposals placed on
the agenda for Second Reading are voted on by a show of hands or yes/no if audio-conferenced.
UAB/GAB usually act on proposals at Second Reading but may postpone action if further deliberation or information is necessary.
Informational Items The Board may discuss these items and/or request that the items be placed on a future agenda for
185
87 Appendix D
action. Meeting Procedure
UAB/GAB meetings are governed by Robert’s Rules of Order. A quorum is a majority of the voting members present. Voting is done by a show of hands or yes/no if audio-conferenced. Votes are recorded as For, Against, Abstain, or Unanimous. A simple majority carries the vote. In the event of a tie, the chair casts the deciding vote.
Note: Proxy voting is not permitted by any UAA faculty boards and committees. Proxy voting is incompatible with the essential characteristics of a deliberative assembly in which membership is individual, personal, and nontransferable, in that voting should take place subsequent to discussion and deliberation.
Administrative Support
The Governance Office provides administrative support to UAB/GAB. The Governance Office works closely with the chairs of the boards and prepares and posts the agendas, summaries, and reports on the governance webpage at www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance. In addition, the office will work with appropriate departments to provide guidance in the preparation and approval of all required actions. The Governance Office, the UAB/GAB chairs and representatives from the Office of Academic Affairs act as liaisons between the Undergraduate Academic Board, the Graduate Academic Board, the Office of Academic Affairs, the Chancellor, and other UAA departments as necessary.
186
88 Appendix E
Appendix E - Guidelines on Student Learning Outcomes for Courses and Programs
From Council on Higher Education Accreditation – Statement on Shared Responsibilities Student Learning Outcomes should:
Communicate what a student will be able to do after they successfully complete the program/course Be representative on the program/course performance, defining to the student the accomplishments
expected from program/course participation Be verifiable through replication on third-party inspection Be relevant to what is being claimedthe curriculum
Measurements should may be both direct and/or indirect. Examples of each are below:
Direct measurements: exams, graded assignments related to outcomes, professionally judged demonstrations or performances, portfolios
Indirect measurements: student self-perceptions, employer surveys or job placement, focus groups Further, assessment of student learning outcomes should use properties of good evidence:
Comprehensiveness – measures a full range of outcomes Multiple judgment – uses several sources Multiple dimensions – indicates different facets of student performance related to learning outcomes to
show strengths and weaknesses Directness – involves direct scrutiny of student performance
Formatted: Font color: Auto
187
89 Index
Appendix F - Guidelines for UAA Distance Education Courses
Please follow the link bellow to the Distance Education Handbook: http://www.uaa.alaska.edu/governance/upload/DE-Faculty-Handbook-V18.pdf
_____________________
Index
A Academic Board Review, 1 Academic Boards, 1
Agenda and Summary, 69 Meeting Procedure, 71 Meeting Schedule, 69
Academic Considerations, 3 Academic Courses, 24, 37, 41 Academic Policy, 42, 70 Additions, 41
Course, 7, 11 New Course, 11 Policy, 23 Prefix, 8, 9 Programs, 19
Administrative Support, 71 Affected Units, 44, 50, 51 Affective Domain Observable Verbs, 66 Approval Process
500-Level Course, 14 Approval Process
Non-Permanent Course, 14 Approval Process
Noncredit/CEU, 14 Assessment, 33 Assessment Methods, 32 Associate Degrees, 1 Associate Vice Provost for Curriculum and Assessment, 5,
8, 9, 18, 19, 38 Associates, 1 Associates Degrees, 1, 50
B Baccalaureate Degrees, 1, 50 Bachelor's Degree, 1 Bibliography, 6, 7, 34 Board of Regents, 4, 17, 18, 19, 21, 46, 62, 63, 69 BOR. See Board of Regents Budget Worksheet, 62, 63
C CAR. See Course Action Request Catalog Copy, 8, 9, 11, 12, 15, 17, 18, 20, 23, 45, 52, 53
Formatting, 53 Notes, 53
CCG. See Course Content Guide CEU Courses. See Continuing Education Unit Courses CEUs. See Continuing Education Unit Change, 41
Course, 11, 41 Fees, 46 Policy, 23, 50, 69 Prefix, 8, 50 Program, 18, 19, 41, 42, 50
Class, 31 Cognitive Domain Observable Verbs, 64 College or School, 24 College or School Admission, 30, 46 Community Campus, 7, 38, 43, 50, 68 Compressibility Policy, 28, 40 Contact Hours, 26, 39 Continuing Education Unit, 27, 38, 39, 40, 41 Continuing Education Unit Courses, 25 Coordinate with Library
Course, 45 Program/Prefix, 51
Coordination, 8, 43, 45, 51 Course - Addition, 12 Course - Change, 11 Course – Deletion, 15 Email Notification, 44 GER - Request For Or Revision, 17 Prefix - Addition, 9 Prefix – Change Or Replacement, 8 Prefix - Inactivation, 9 Program/Prefix, 50, 51 Programs - Major Revisions, 20 Programs - Minor Revisions, 18 Programs - New, 20 With Affected Units, 44 with Library Liaison, 51
Coordination Spreadsheet Example, 63 Template, 62
Coordination with Affected Units, 50 Coordination with the Library Liaison, 51 Corequisites, 8, 9, 11, 12, 15, 17, 30, 46 Course, 5
Attributes, 30 Changes, 11
188
90 Index
Description, 30, 45 Fee, 31 Guidelines on Student Outcomes, 72 Number, 24, 25, 37, 38
Second and Third Digits, 25, 38 Prefix, 24, 37 Revisions, 11 Title, 28, 40
Course Action Request, 3, 5, 11, 15, 16, 18, 24, 35, 36, 63, 69, 70
Course Content Guide, 11, 16, 18, 24 Course Level, 31
Descriptions, 25, 37 Expectations
Academic Course Levels, 31 Preparatory/Developmental Courses, 32
Justification, 31 Credits, 39
Program Maximum Number, 1, 50 Cross Listing, 28 Cross-listed Courses, 42 Cross-Listed Courses, 28 Curriculum Approval Process, 5
500-Level Courses, 7 600-Level Courses, 7 Substantive Changes To Courses Numbered 050 - 299, 7
Curriculum Review, 3 Curriculum Screening Criteria, 3
D Deletions, 41
Course, 7, 15 GER Course, 17 Program, 50 Reuse of Course Number Rule, 24
Department, 37, 50 Disapproved CAR, 3 Distance Education Courses, 73 Division, 36, 49 Doctoral, 50
E Effective Date, 5, 21 Electives, 3, 4, 8, 41 Emphasis Areas, 4 Evaluation Methods, 32 Experimental Course, 38
F Faculty Matrix, 62, 63 Faculty Senate, 1, 5 Fee Request Form, 11, 12, 17, 19, 46, 62 Fees, 46 Final Reading, 5, 20 First Reading, 70 Four-Year Course Offering Plan, 19, 62
G GAB. See Graduate Academic Board General Education Requirements (GER), 3, 16, 41, 45, 70
GER Course Purge List, 15 Revision of or Request for, 16
GER Course Deletion, 17 GER Outcomes, 4, 16, 17 GER Preamble, 16 GER Templates, 16
General Education Review Committee, 16, 70 Review Process, 16
GERC. See General Education Review Committee Goals and Outcomes, 32 Grading Basis, 28, 42 Graduate, 50
Certificates, 1, 50 Degrees, 1 Programs, 1, 54
Graduate Academic Board, 1, 68 Graduate-Level Courses, 25, 31, 37
I Impacted Courses or Programs, 43 Implementation Date
Course, 28, 42 Program/Prefix, 5 Program/Prefix, 50
Inactivation of a Prefix, 9, 50 Independent Study, 26, 38 Individual Research, 26, 39 Informational Items, 71 Initiating Faculty Member. See Initiator Initiator, 8, 9, 11, 12, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 29, 45, 51 Instructional Goals, 32, 33 Internship, 26, 38
J Justification for Action
Course, 26, 39, 47 Program/Prefix, 52
L Lecture Course, 26, 39 Level, 31 Library Liaison, 11, 12, 17, 18, 20, 45, 51 Lower Division Courses, 6, 25, 31, 37
M Major, 31 Major Changes to Programs, 19 Major Revisions, 20 Master's Degree, 1 Maximum Hours, 41, 42 Meeting Summary, 70 Minimum Course Length, 28, 40
189
91 Index
Minor, 50 Minor Changes to Undergraduate Credit Courses, 6 Minor Revisions to Programs, 18
N New Programs, 19 NG, 28, 42 No Grade, 28, 42 Noncredit Courses, 25, 38, 41 Nondegree Courses, 41 Northwest Commission on Colleges and Universities, 21 Number of Credits, 26 Number of Repeats, 41, 42
O OAA. See Office of Academic Affairs Observable Verbs, 64 Occupational Endorsement Certificates, 1, 50 OEC. See Occupational Endorsement Certificates Office of Academic Affairs, 4, 8, 9, 17, 18, 19, 22, 42, 50,
62, 68 Office of the Registrar, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 18, 21, 24, 37, 68 Other Restrictions(s), 46 Outcomes, 3, 4, 33 Outcomes and Assessment Measures, 33 Outcomes Assessment Plan, 62
P P/NP, 28, 42 PAR. See Program/Prefix Action Request pass/no pass, 42 Pass/No Pass, 28 Permanent Course Approval Process, 13 Permanent Numbered Courses, 38 Policy Additions and Changes, 23 Post-Baccalaureate Certificates, 1, 50 Practicum, 26, 38 Prefix, 5, 8
Addition, 8 Approval Process, 10 Course, 24, 37, 39 Inactivation, 8, 9, 50 Program, 50 Replacement, 8
Preparatory/Developmental Courses, 25, 37, 41 prerequisite checking, 45 Prerequisites, 8, 9, 11, 12, 15, 17, 30, 31, 44, 45, 51 Previous Course Prefix & Number, 39 Principles of Operation, 1 Professional Development Courses, 25, 38, 41 Professional Development Credit, 7 Program, 5, 18
Addition, 19 Approval Process, 5, 22 Change, 41, 42 Changes, 50 Coordination, 50, 51 Description, 52 Elective, 3
Graduate, 1, 54 Guidelines on Student Outcomes, 72 Impacted, 43 Major Changes, 19 Minor Revisions, 18 Outcomes, 4, 33 Outcomes Assessment Plan, 32 Policy, 42 Proposal, 4, 18 Requirement, 8, 41 Selective, 3, 41 Title/Prefix, 50 Types, 50 Undergraduate, 1, 53
Program Outcomes Assessment Plan, 63 Program/Prefix Action Request, 5, 8, 15, 17, 41, 48, 63, 70 Program/Prefix Action Request (PAR) Form, 48 Prospectus, 63 Psychomotor Domain Observable Verbs, 67 Purge List, 2, 15
GER, 15
R Registration Restrictions, 30, 31, 32, 46 Reinstated, Course, 37 Reinstatement of a course, 39 Repeat Status, 41 Replacement of a Prefix, 8 Resource Implication Form, 12, 19, 62 Resource Implications, 4 Reuse of Course Number Rule, 24, 37 Review of Program Proposals, 4 Risk Management Plan, 63
S SAC. See System-wide Academic Council School or College, 36, 49 Second Reading, 70 Selected Topics, 25, 38, 46 Selectives, 3, 4, 8, 9, 11, 12, 15, 17, 54 Seminar, 25, 38 Special Notes, 30, 45 Special Topics, 26, 38 Stacked Courses, 43 Stacking, 29
Outcomes/Assessments, 30 Prerequisites, 29
Student Outcomes, 32 GER, Assessable, 16 Guidelines, 72
Suggested text(s), 34 Supervised Laboratory Course, 26, 39 System-wide Academic Council, 20
T Templates, 62 Test Scores, 30, 46 Thesis, 26, 39 Title Change, 7
190
92 Index
Topical course outline, 33 Trial Course, 26, 38 Type of Action, 41
Program/Prefix, 50 Type of Program, 50 Types of Courses, 24, 41
U UAA General Education Requirements. See General
Education Requirements UAB. See Undergraduate Academic Board
Undergraduate Certificates, 1, 50 Programs, 1
Undergraduate Academic Board, 1, 16, 68 Undergraduate Credit Courses, 6 Undergraduates Certificates, 1 Unsupervised Laboratory Course, 26, 39 Upper Division Courses, 25, 31, 37
W Workshop, 25, 38
191
Date: February 12, 2012
To: UAB Members
From: Hilary Davies, UAB Chair
Subj: Coordination Language in the Curriculum Handbook
I received the following recommendation for language for the coordination email for course changes:
The coordination email should include the following information:
School, department, course prefix, course number, course title: (as found in CAR boxes 1a, 1c, 2, 3) Course description: (as found in CAR box 15) Add/Drop/Change and if change, a summary list of changes: (as found in CAR box 8) Justification for action: (as found in CAR box 19)
192
Draft Policy for award of Posthumous Degrees, 15 June 2011 1
AWARD OF POSTHUMOUS DEGREES
Definition: University of Alaska Anchorage may confer posthumous transcripted degrees and certificates upon students who are deceased prior to but nearing formal completion of all degree requirements of the programs being pursued. Question> Does the policy go into the catalog or just part of it? Which part of it?
A. Eligibility
To be eligible for the award of a University of Alaska Anchorage degree posthumously the student generally must have met the following conditions:
1. At the time of death, the student was enrolled in a degree/certificate program, in
good academic standing, and nearing completion of the work required for award of
the degree/certificate. “Nearing completion” is defined as having completed a
minimum of 75% of the program credits?/requirements. In addition, for graduate
students in thesis/project programs, the student should have made significant
progress in the research/project process as determined by the student’s
committee.(could also say must have successfully submitted a proposal with all
committee signatures)
2. Recommendation for award of the degree/certificate is to be endorsed by the
following:
A) faculty in the student’s major department,
B) the department head, school or college dean/director
C) In the case of graduate students, the endorsement of the Dean of the Graduate
School is also required prior to sending to the Provost.
3. Final approval for awarding of posthumous degrees/certificates shall rest with the
Provost.
B. Approval Process
The process for identifying and considering candidates for the award of degrees posthumously shall be as follows:
1. Upon request that a deceased student be considered for the award of a posthumous
degree/certificate VC of OAA will communicate this information to the appropriate
department, school or college dean/director.
2. The departmental faculty, department head and dean/director will determine if the
student’s overall record merits further consideration and recommendation that the
posthumous award be granted; such information will be jointly reviewed by the OAA
Comment [SM1]: Do we have definitions of enrolled and in good standing so we don’t repeat them here? Another University used the wording Or their continuous enrollment was interrupted by their injury, illness, deployment, etc.
Comment [SM2]: Does family need to endorse this??
Comment [SM3]: These areas considered 1. who initiates… family, school, friend 2. once requested eligibility determined by OAA Vice Chancellor and 3. dept/school has a say even if basic eligibility is ascertained 4. IF eligibility passes both OAA and dept/school then goes to the dean
193
Draft Policy for award of Posthumous Degrees, 15 June 2011 2
3. If the deceased student is determined to be eligible as a candidate for posthumous
award of the degree/certificate being pursued, the Vice Chancellor for OAA , will so
certify to the Provost.
4. After weighing all pertinent information, the Provost will communicate a decision to
posthumously confer a degree to the deceased student’s family, appropriate
dean/director, VC of OAA , Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs, and to the University
Registrar.
C. Awarding of Posthumous Degrees
Upon approval by the Provost the following procedure will be followed:
1. The degree/certificate will be conferred at the next regularly scheduled
commencement exercise.
2. The University Registrar will note the posthumous nature of the award on the
diploma, the student’s permanent record and in the commencement program.
D. Extraordinary Circumstances
Cases that do not meet the above specified criteria may be considered when extraordinary circumstances prevail. In such cases, the appropriate faculty, department head, dean/director, Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs, OAA and the Registrar will be consulted prior to a recommendation being prepared for the Provost’s consideration.
Student dies
OAA receives request
Together OAA/dept
Determine eligibility
NO YES Dept/school notified
Dean/Director
Dean of Grad School
Provost
Comment [SM4]: We felt someone needs to move the process along and be the custodian of where it lives, and that would be OAA not Student Affairs.
Comment [SM5]: Discussion regarding awarding of degree even if family doesn’t/didn’t initiate…still a university decision
Comment [SM6]: Some schools had it on transcript others did not… advantage or disadvantage?
194
Student Dies
Family Generates Request
Faculty Generates Request
Dean of Students Generates Request
OAA Receives Request
Registrar Determines Academic Standing
Department and Dean/Director Review Request and Make a
Recommendation
OAA Decides Not to AwardOAA Notifies Initiators, VC for
Student Affairs, Dean
Provost Certifies the Degree
Award
OAA Reviews Eligibility
EligibleNot Eligible
OAA Notifies Initiators, VC for Student Affairs, Dean, Registrar
Registrar Records the Award
Award made at next Commencement
DRAFT: 9 February 2012
Initiators
195